API RBI User's Guide

Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 1 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

TABLE OF CONTENTS PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................................. 5 ASSUMPTIONS..................................................................................................................................... 5 SOFTWARE SUPPORT ........................................................................................................................ 5 SOFTWARE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 5 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION............................................................................................................... 6 SOFTWARE STARTUP ........................................................................................................................ 7 6.1 Startup ..........................................................................................................................................7 6.1.1 Api-Rbi Installation – Client Tier Only................................................................................. 7 6.1.2 API RBI Installation LOCAL.................................................................................................. 8 6.1.3 API RBI Installation REMOTE............................................................................................... 9 6.2 Shutdown .....................................................................................................................................9 6.3 Run MYSQL Database (Standalone)........................................................................................10 6.4 Shutdown MYSQL Database (Standalone) .............................................................................10 6.5 API RBI Property Editor ............................................................................................................11 6.6 Local DB Connections ..............................................................................................................11 6.7 Remote DB Connections ..........................................................................................................12 6.8 Server Connection.....................................................................................................................12 6.9 Bundle DB ..................................................................................................................................13 6.10 Special Cases ............................................................................................................................13 6.10.1 Start the API RBI Server ..................................................................................................... 13 6.10.2 Start the Client ..................................................................................................................... 14 6.10.3 Close the Client ................................................................................................................... 14 6.10.4 Shut the Server .................................................................................................................... 14 6.11 MS Access–MYSQL links .........................................................................................................15 6.12 Logging software bugs .............................................................................................................22 6.13 Tracking Software Bugs ...........................................................................................................26 7 API RBI VERSION 8.02 FORMS ........................................................................................................ 28 7.1 Basic Form Layout ....................................................................................................................28 7.2 Toolbar Functions .....................................................................................................................29 7.2.1 Remote Node ....................................................................................................................... 30 7.2.2 Filter...................................................................................................................................... 35 7.2.3 Import of API RBI Version 3.3.3 database into Version 8.02........................................... 38 7.2.4 Administrator Tool .............................................................................................................. 41 7.2.5 User Tool .............................................................................................................................. 44 7.2.6 API RBI Property Editor ...................................................................................................... 48 7.2.7 Inspection Category Table Editor ...................................................................................... 48 7.2.8 Fluid Designer...................................................................................................................... 49 7.2.9 PRV Data .............................................................................................................................. 51 7.2.10 Fixed Equipment RBI .......................................................................................................... 51 7.2.11 Administrator’s Guide......................................................................................................... 51 7.2.12 User’s Guide ........................................................................................................................ 53 7.2.13 Help....................................................................................................................................... 54 7.2.14 About .................................................................................................................................... 55 7.2.15 VCEDamge ........................................................................................................................... 56 7.2.16 Backup MYSQL Databases................................................................................................. 56 7.3 Navigation Tree..........................................................................................................................57 7.3.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................ 57 7.3.2 Available Forms and Actions ............................................................................................. 57 7.3.3 STARTUP.............................................................................................................................. 63 7.3.4 CORPORATION.................................................................................................................... 64 1 2 3 4 5 6
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 2 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.3.5 PLANT................................................................................................................................... 65 7.3.6 UNIT ...................................................................................................................................... 66 7.3.7 EQUIPMENT ......................................................................................................................... 67 7.3.8 COMPONENT ....................................................................................................................... 68 7.4 Input Form/Table Format ..........................................................................................................69 7.4.1 Data fields ............................................................................................................................ 69 7.4.2 Actions ................................................................................................................................. 69 7.4.3 Damage Factors .................................................................................................................. 74 7.5 Corporation Table......................................................................................................................75 7.5.1 TABLE ACTIONS ................................................................................................................. 75 7.5.2 Field Help ............................................................................................................................. 76 7.6 Corporation Form ......................................................................................................................77 7.6.1 FORM ACTIONS...................................................................................................................77 7.6.2 Field Help ............................................................................................................................. 77 7.7 Batch Calculate..........................................................................................................................78 7.8 Calculation in Progress Form ..................................................................................................78 7.9 Calculator Status Report ..........................................................................................................79 7.10 Calc Message Report ................................................................................................................79 7.11 Batch Calculate Filter with Diag...............................................................................................80 7.12 Refreshed Batch Calculate Filter Form ...................................................................................80 7.13 Equipment Form ........................................................................................................................83 7.13.1 FORM ACTIONS...................................................................................................................83 7.13.2 FIELD HELP - EQUIPMENT................................................................................................. 84 7.14 Unit Settings ..............................................................................................................................85 7.14.1 FORM ACTIONS...................................................................................................................85 7.14.2 FIELD HELP UNIT SETTINGS - GENERAL ........................................................................ 86 7.14.3 FIELD HELP UNIT SETTINGS – SOLUTION CONTROL ................................................... 86 7.15 Global Component Settings .....................................................................................................87 7.15.1 FORM ACTIONS...................................................................................................................87 7.15.2 FIELD HELP.......................................................................................................................... 88 7.16 Reports .......................................................................................................................................90 7.16.1 Bundle Damage Modifier .................................................................................................... 91 7.16.2 Bundle Financial.................................................................................................................. 91 7.16.3 Bundle Materials.................................................................................................................. 93 7.16.4 Bundle Process ................................................................................................................... 93 7.16.5 Bundle Risk.......................................................................................................................... 95 7.16.6 Check Number of Inspections........................................................................................... 95 7.16.7 Check Thckness .................................................................................................................. 97 7.16.8 Consequence ....................................................................................................................... 97 7.16.9 Corrosion Rate..................................................................................................................... 98 7.16.10 Cracking Susceptibility .................................................................................................. 99 7.16.11 Damage Report................................................................................................................ 99 7.16.12 Design & Operating Conditions................................................................................... 100 7.16.13 HIC SOHIC......................................................................................................................100 7.16.14 Import ............................................................................................................................. 101 7.16.15 Inspection Due Date – Date Option ............................................................................. 101 7.16.16 Inspection Due Date –Plan Option .............................................................................. 102 7.16.17 Insulated Operating Temperature ............................................................................... 103 7.16.18 Inventory Group ............................................................................................................ 104 7.16.19 Number of Thinning History ........................................................................................ 104 7.16.20 Probability...................................................................................................................... 105 7.16.21 Recommended Inspections ......................................................................................... 105
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 3 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.16.22 Risk................................................................................................................................. 106 7.16.23 Risk Matrix Report ........................................................................................................ 107 7.16.24 Risk Matrix Financial Report........................................................................................ 108 7.16.25 Risk Mechanism ............................................................................................................ 109 7.16.26 Risk Summary ............................................................................................................... 109 7.16.27 Tank Details ...................................................................................................................110 7.16.28 Tank Inventory Group................................................................................................... 110 7.16.29 Tank Bottom Supplement ............................................................................................ 111 7.16.30 Thinning Mechanism .................................................................................................... 111 7.16.31 Thinning Type Local ..................................................................................................... 112 7.16.32 Toxic............................................................................................................................... 113 7.16.33 Fluids.............................................................................................................................. 113 7.16.34 Inspection History Report ............................................................................................ 114 7.16.35 Materials......................................................................................................................... 115 7.17 Find ...........................................................................................................................................116 7.18 Import/Export Spreadsheet ....................................................................................................117 7.19 Inventory Group Table ............................................................................................................120 7.19.1 TABLE ACTIONS ............................................................................................................... 120 7.19.2 FIELD HELP........................................................................................................................ 121 7.20 Component Form.....................................................................................................................122 7.20.1 GENERAL TAB................................................................................................................... 122 7.20.2 GENERAL TAB – TUBE BUNDLE..................................................................................... 128 7.20.3 Operating Condition Tab - Original Consequence Model ............................................. 131 7.20.4 Operating Condition Tab - New Consequence Model ................................................... 132 7.20.5 Operating Condition Tab – Tube Bundle ........................................................................ 134 7.20.6 Operating Condition Tab – Tank...................................................................................... 137 7.20.7 Field Help -Operating Conditions Tab - Tank ................................................................. 137 7.20.8 Component Settings Tab.................................................................................................. 138 7.20.9 Field Help - Component Settings Tab ............................................................................. 138 7.20.10 Component Settings Tab – Tank ................................................................................. 140 7.20.11 Field Help - Component Settings Tab – Tank ............................................................ 140 7.20.12 Component SettingsTab - Bundle ............................................................................... 142 7.20.13 Field Help – Bundle Component Settings Tab........................................................... 142 7.20.14 Volume and Mass Tab .................................................................................................. 144 7.20.15 Bundle Filter ..................................................................................................................147 7.20.16 Weibull Plot.................................................................................................................... 150 7.21 Thinning Damage Mechanism Form......................................................................................151 7.21.1 Thinning Tab ...................................................................................................................... 151 7.21.2 Thinning Supplemental Tab ............................................................................................. 156 7.21.3 Equipment Lining Tab....................................................................................................... 183 7.22 Cracking Damage Mechanism Forms ...................................................................................186 7.22.1 Amine Cracking .................................................................................................................187 7.22.2 Carbonate Cracking .......................................................................................................... 190 7.22.3 Caustic Cracking ...............................................................................................................193 7.22.4 Chloride Cracking ............................................................................................................. 196 7.22.5 HIC SOHIC H2S ..................................................................................................................199 7.22.6 HIC SOHIC HF .................................................................................................................... 202 7.22.7 HSC HF ............................................................................................................................... 205 7.22.8 Other Cracking................................................................................................................... 208 7.22.9 Polythionic Cracking......................................................................................................... 211 7.22.10 SSC H2S......................................................................................................................... 214 7.23 External Damage .....................................................................................................................217
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 4 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.23.1 CUI Austenitic Stainless Steels ....................................................................................... 218 7.23.2 CUI Carbon and Low Alloy Steels.................................................................................... 221 7.23.3 External SCC Austenitic Stainless Steels....................................................................... 225 7.23.4 External Corrosion Carbon and Low Alloy..................................................................... 228 7.24 Brittle Fracture Damage Mechanism Forms .........................................................................232 7.24.1 885 Embrittlement ............................................................................................................. 233 7.24.2 Low Temperature .............................................................................................................. 236 7.24.3 Sigma Phase ...................................................................................................................... 240 7.24.4 Temper Embrittlement ...................................................................................................... 243 7.25 HTHA.........................................................................................................................................247 7.26 Mechanical Fatigue .................................................................................................................250 7.27 Bundle Damage Assessment .................................................................................................252 7.28 Inspection History ...................................................................................................................255 7.28.1 General Equipment Inspection History Tables .............................................................. 255 7.28.2 Inspection History Tables– Bundle ................................................................................. 258 7.29 Inspection Planning Form – Date ..........................................................................................261 7.30 Inspection Planning Form - Plan ...........................................................................................264 7.31 Inspection Planning Form – Bundle ......................................................................................267 7.31.1 General Tab........................................................................................................................ 267 7.31.2 CBA Tab ............................................................................................................................. 270 7.32 Component Data......................................................................................................................272 7.33 PRV RBI ...................................................................................................................................273 7.33.1 PRV Navigation Tree ......................................................................................................... 273 7.33.2 PRV Global Settings.......................................................................................................... 273 7.33.3 PRV Design Information ................................................................................................... 274 7.33.4 PRV Overpressure Demand Cases.................................................................................. 276 7.33.5 PRV Consequence Analysis............................................................................................. 284 7.33.6 Batch Calc .......................................................................................................................... 286 7.33.7 Batch Calc Progress ......................................................................................................... 286 7.33.8 Batch Calc with Diag......................................................................................................... 287 7.33.9 View Diag Files .................................................................................................................. 287 7.33.10 PRV Protected Equipment ........................................................................................... 288 7.33.11 PRV Inspection History ................................................................................................ 289 7.33.12 PRV Inspection Planning/ PRV Results ...................................................................... 291 7.33.13 PRV Details ....................................................................................................................293 7.33.14 PRV Reports .................................................................................................................. 295

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 5 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

1

PURPOSE

The purpose of this document is to present a clear and concise procedural outline by which the user may enter, save, and calculate Risk Based Inspection data using API-RBI v 8.02.

2
• •

ASSUMPTIONS
The user is familiar with the concepts of API Risk Based Inspection as documented in the Base Resource Document, Second Edition, October 2000. API RBI Version 8.02 software has been correctly installed on the computer as described in the API RBI Version 8.02 Administrators Guide and in the API RBI Installation Guide.

3

SOFTWARE SUPPORT

Support for the software is provided for technical issues by Lynne Kaley and for System Support by Mary Buchheim. API RBI Software Version 8.02 March 2007 Technical Support System Support Lynne C. Kaley Mary E. Buchheim 281-480-0556 216-283- 6018 lckaley@equityeng.com mebuchheim@equityeng.com Documentation for this software is found in the directory \APIRBI_INSTALLATION\apirbi\doc. Documentation includes this User’s Guide, Administrators Guide, and the Interoperable Interface Specification. User help is provided for the Navigation Tree, at the form level, and at the field level.

4

SOFTWARE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

This software is a three tiered system: Client, Server; Database. It can be set up to collapse to a single or 2 tiered system. Minimum computer system requirements are listed below. System Requirements API RBI Software Client Only Client/Server Client/Server/Database Configuration 512 MB RAM 1.5 GB RAM 1.5 GB Minimum Pentium 2 or better Pentium 3 or better Pentium 3 or better 80 MB Hard Drive 500 MB Hard Drive 1 GB Hard Drive Available Available Minimum Available Minimum Minimum

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 6 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

5

SOFTWARE INSTALLATION

Software installation instructions are provided in the API RBI Installation Guide. This document presumes that the software has been successfully installed using the information provided in the Installation Guide. The installation places 3 shortcuts on the user’s destop as well as 5 menu items in the program menu.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

2. 6. Password. File API-RBI User Guide. .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 7 of 301 No. 3. Login Name. IP Address of the API RBI Server. or the Api Rbi REMOTE.1. This process requires 4 data inputs from the user:. 1. Inc. 4.Doc 6 6. 5. It assumes that the server tier and the database tier are installed and running on other computers.1 SOFTWARE STARTUP Startup The software can be started using either of 3 methods: the Api-Rbi Installation shortcut. Server Port Server Binding Name Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. the Api-Rbi Installation LOCAL shortcut.1 Api-Rbi Installation – Client Tier Only The first shortcut Api-Rbi Installation starts the only the Client tier of the software.

Equity Engineering Group.1 and with a default user of root whose password is root. . The only input required from the user is to select which Mysql database to use.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 8 of 301 No.1. just modify the properties of the shortcut. The user will be presented with a database select list. The shortcut properties are: C:\Apirbi_Installation\ref\cmdow. Any database can be selected to use as the primary database. If the user would like to use this shortcut to log into the database as a different user than root.2 API RBI Installation LOCAL This shortcut is used when all 3 parts of the software are running on a single PC.Doc 6.0. Proprietary and Confidential . The list includes all of the database folders in the APIRBI_INSTALLATION\mysql\data folder.exe /RUN /HID "C:\Apirbi_Installation\APIRBI. Inc.bat" -LOCAL -DBSELECT ho localhost -us root -pa root Replace the values of root and root with the appropriate information. File API-RBI User Guide. The software will start in local mode and supply the default username and password for the login as well as an IP address and port number for the server. This shortcut starts the all 3 parts of the software in a in a timed sequence with a fixed IP address 127.0.

IP Address of the API RBI Server.Equity Engineering Group.Doc 6. Login Name. File API-RBI User Guide. This process requires 4 data inputs from the user:.3 API RBI Installation REMOTE This shortcut starts the API RBI Server and API RBI Client on the local computer.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 9 of 301 No.1. Server Port Server Binding Name 6. Proprietary and Confidential . 4. 1.2 Shutdown The software can be shutdown by clicking the X in the upper right corner of the APIRBI application. 5. 3. . Inc. 2. It assumes that a database has been created and is running on a separate computer and that the server tier has been configured to point to that particular database. Password.

API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 10 of 301 No. it should always be shutdown using this option. .Equity Engineering Group.Doc 6. If MYSQL has been started. Proprietary and Confidential . File API-RBI User Guide.3 Run MYSQL Database (Standalone) This option is used if user’s activities require access to Mysql databases located on the user’s computer. Selecting the menu option opens a command window. 6. Inc.4 Shutdown MYSQL Database (Standalone) This option is shuts down MYSQL on the users computer.

You will be prompted to warn that you are overwriting the apirbiserver. . Each tab in the editor must be saved independently. 6. Proprietary and Confidential . This option is will only be available on computers where the server tier of the software has been installed. Inc.properties file on the server computer.6 Local DB Connections This form provides information about the primary databases to which this server tier may connect . This editor changes the APIRBIServer. Save must be pressed on each tab to save the changes. File API-RBI User Guide.properties file. This activity is performed by a system administrator.5 API RBI Property Editor The Property Dialog Editor is used to change the properties that are used to connect to the API RBI Server and API RBI Database. The Property Editor can be used to set up multiple primary as well as remote databases to which the server can connect.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 11 of 301 No. Make changes and press save.Doc 6.Equity Engineering Group.

8 Server Connection This form provides information about this server tier. You will be prompted to warn that you are overwriting the apirbiserver.properties file. Inc.7 Remote DB Connections This form provides information about the remote node databases ot which this server tier may connect Make changes and press save.Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 12 of 301 No. You will be prompted to warn that you are overwriting the apirbiserver. 6. Proprietary and Confidential .Doc 6.properties file. . File API-RBI User Guide. Make changes and press save.

Depending on the type of installation selected some of these commands will not be available.9 Bundle DB This provides information about the heat exchanger bundle table.properties file.1 Start the API RBI Server Double click the file named runsvr. the program should open as minimized. The command files used are located in the folder APIRBI_INSTALLATION folder. You will be prompted to warn that you are overwriting the apirbiserver.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 13 of 301 No. Make changes and press save. if however the window is opened the following should be present. These actions are described in this section.Equity Engineering Group. . Proprietary and Confidential .cmd. 6.10. 6. Inc.Doc 6.10 Special Cases There are times when a user will need to make use of the underlying commands that bring up and shut down the software. File API-RBI User Guide.

10. The program will open minimized and then both the shutsvr and runsvr will close and disappear. File API-RBI User Guide.cmd.3 Close the Client Press the close window X 6.Doc 6. Proprietary and Confidential . The program will open minimized and a login form will appear.10.bat. .10.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 14 of 301 No.2 Start the Client Double click the file run.4 Shut the Server Double click the file named shutsvr.Equity Engineering Group. 6. Inc.

orst. The MYSQL driver is available at http://www. the MYSQL driver must be installed on the pc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 15 of 301 No. 2.mysql. 3.edu/ .06. select save to your computer. Proprietary and Confidential .51. Copy the URL into the address bar of your browser and at the prompt.Doc 6. File API-RBI User Guide.com/get/Downloads/MyODBC3/MyODBC3.11 MS Access–MYSQL links 1. Inc. In order to link the MYSQL database to MS Access. These steps may require assistance from your system administrator.exe/from/http://mysql. .Equity Engineering Group.

API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 16 of 301 No. Inc. Proprietary and Confidential .51. File API-RBI User Guide.06.exe and double click the file. Navigate to the MyODBC-3. .Doc 4.Equity Engineering Group.

. File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 17 of 301 No. Inc.Doc The driver is now installed and available for use to link the MySQL database to MS Access. Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group.

Control Panel. Inc. From START. Data Sources (ODBC). Administrative Tools.Doc 5. create a user DSN MyRemote that uses the MYSQL Driver and points to the MYSQL database. .Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 18 of 301 No. Settings. File API-RBI User Guide. Proprietary and Confidential .

Proprietary and Confidential . open MS Access.Doc 6.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 19 of 301 No. select Get External Data. From START. select Link Tables. and select a new database – API RBI. From File. Inc. . 7.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide.

Equity Engineering Group. . Select MyRemote as the machine data source Proprietary and Confidential .Doc 8. Select ODBC Database as the Type of File 9. File API-RBI User Guide. Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 20 of 301 No.

Inc.Doc 11. The process is complete. Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 10. File API-RBI User Guide. Select all tables to link Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 21 of 301 No. .

Select that hyperlink 3 Proprietary and Confidential .Enter new issue.12 Logging software bugs 1. You will see the following screen.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 22 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide. you will see . On the left side of the screen.53/scarab/issues/ 2. You do not need to login simply select the hyperlink Global>Public 2 3. Inc. . To access Scarab go to site http://208.Doc 6.63.Equity Engineering Group.40.

Inc. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc 4. When finished with the first screen press the Next button. Proprietary and Confidential . phone number and email address so that an E2G contact person can get in touch with you help resolve the issue. The most important information is your name. Required fields are marked with an asterisk. You can enter the information for a new issue here. . 4 5 5.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 23 of 301 No. Because the same form is used for all software products. If the field does not apply or if you do not have the information for optional fields then simply skip those fields.Equity Engineering Group. some fields may not apply to the software product in question or you may not have all of the information listed.

Inc. If you can complete the information.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 24 of 301 No. and press the Add Attachment button. If you would like to include an attachment. Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group.Doc 6. File API-RBI User Guide. complete the Description field. When you have finished adding your information then simply press the Submit Issue button. please do so. . You will see the information that you have already submitted as well as additional fields. then use the Browse button to locate the attachment.

API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 25 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide. You will be returned to the add defect screen but with a message indicating that your issue has been added to Scarab. Inc.Equity Engineering Group. . 7 Proprietary and Confidential .Doc 6 7.

From the drop down list that begins New and saved queries select Public Queries – API RBI Issues 2 3.13 Tracking Software Bugs When you have submitted a bug via the Scarab system. 1. Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. You do not need to login simply select the hyperlink for the software product you are interested in viewing.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 26 of 301 No. For example go to Global>API RBI 2 2. . Inc. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc 6. you can return to the site to track the status for the bug. The following query result will appear.

.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 27 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide. Proprietary and Confidential . Inc.Doc 4. . Clicking on the Issue ID field will display details about the issue.Equity Engineering Group.

Toolbar User Name.02 FORMS 7. In the right panel is displayed the various input forms. A toolbar is in the topmost left corner. Database Name Version Number Navigation Tree Input form Status bar Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 28 of 301 No. Database Name and Version number. In the left panel is the Navigation Tree.Doc 7 API RBI VERSION 8. Database Type.1 Basic Form Layout All forms in the API RBI Version 8. Inc. File API-RBI User Guide. Database Type.Equity Engineering Group.02 software are designed in the same basic layout. At the top of the form in the border is the name of the user API RBI. . The Toolbar can be dragged around the screen but will only dock in the upper left position. At the bottom of the form is a status bar.

Inc.Doc 7.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide. .2 Toolbar Functions Toolbar functions are: • Remote Node • Filter • Import • Administrator Tools • User Tools • API RBI Property Editor • Inspection Category Editor • Fluid Designer • PRV RBI • Fixed Equipment RBI • Administrator’s Guide • User’s Guide • Help • About API RBI • VCEDamageMechanisms • Backup MYSQL Database Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 29 of 301 No.

1 Remote Node Remote Node is accessed via the Remote Node icon on the toolbar or from the right click menu at the Corporation Level. filters. • The following data is not transferred via remote node: users other than root. • A default configuration for remote node is provided in the APIRBIServer. 7.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 30 of 301 No. edits to the component data table values. • All of the databases must be at the same version of the APIRBI software.1. • A unit from database A cannot be moved to database B if the unit name already exists in database B.Doc 7.Equity Engineering Group. Proprietary and Confidential . unit global settings. Remote Node allows the user to move unit data from/to any of the three supported database types. There are several restrictions. File API-RBI User Guide. • Once data is moved via remote node changes made in the originating database are not reflected in the receiving database. Inc.2.properties file as a Mysql database with the name of rneeg. This information can be changed by using the API RBI Property Editor. .1 Select the Remote Node from the Toolbar.2.

This option is only available if the Enterprise Database Selection is a Mysql database. unit3.2. File API-RBI User Guide.2 Local Mysql Database Selection For a user working with Mysql databases on their own pc.1.Doc 7. The only requirement for Mysql database names is that there cannot be any spaces in the folder name. The default folder name for the API RBI product is eeg. unit2. . You may have other folders containing API RBI data with other names. An example user with 4 databases in the data folder: unit1. unit4. the different databases are in folders in the APIRBI_installtion\mysql\data folder.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 31 of 301 No. Inc. The user can use remote node to move data from any database to the other database.Equity Engineering Group. Proprietary and Confidential .

2. File API-RBI User Guide.1.3 Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 32 of 301 No. Proprietary and Confidential .Doc Entreprise Database Selection If your server has been defined to have enterprise databases available for remote node then there will be additional items to select in the Enterprise Database Selection list.Equity Engineering Group..API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7. If the remote database has not been updated for the most recent version of the software then you will receive the following error. then the software will upgrade the database to the current version and connection to the database will be delayed while the upgrade occurs. A message will appear in the status bar to indicate this activity. If the database is a MYSQL database. Inc. .

The status bar will be updated with the following message during the copy process. the navigation tree is updated in each database. Release the left mouse button and respond yes to the alert box.4 Drag/Drop is used to move or copy the desired data to the remote node.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 33 of 301 No.Equity Engineering Group.2. Proprietary and Confidential . a) b) c) In the source database window. File API-RBI User Guide. highlight the unit to be copied with a single click To Copy the unit.Doc 7. To copy data from 1 database to another. use the following process. When the copy or move is successful. Inc.1. . press the CTRL button and the left mouse button and hold while dragging the unit to the desired location in the target database.

Proprietary and Confidential . The navigation tree will be updated. a) b) c) In the source database window. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc To move data from 1 database to another. press the DISCONNECT button.1. 7. Release the left mouse button and respond yes to the alert box.Equity Engineering Group.2.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 34 of 301 No. Inc.5 To disconnect from Remote Node. use the following process. highlight the unit to be moved with a single click To move the unit merely press and hold the left mouse button while dragging the unit to the desired location in the target database. To complete the process respond yes to the alert box. .

all data is reported on the navigation bar. Delete filters.2. Filters are applied on the entire set of Corporations. If a filter is applied that results in no data being selected.2. Copy. then the filter must be removed and reapplied to see the difference in the filtered set. and calculation. as well as Apply Selected Filter and Remove Applied filter. Inc. Plants.2 Filter The Filter function is accessed via the Filter icon on the toolbar or from the right click menu at the Corporation Level. Edit.1 Select Filter from Toolbar These forms help the user define filters for screening the database for display. If calculations or data changes are made that would remove or add an item to the filtered set. and Units. Available actions are: Add. File API-RBI User Guide. 7. . reporting.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 35 of 301 No.Equity Engineering Group.2. Once a filter has been applied. it is static. Proprietary and Confidential .Doc 7.

If none of the components satisfy the filter. File API-RBI User Guide. Inc. then all components are returned as a result. Proprietary and Confidential . 1 3 4 2 5 Attributes are added to filters by adding them to one of 8 groups. Attributes added to 1 group are treated as AND attributes. 3.Equity Engineering Group. 1. Add or edit the appropriate information.Doc To add a filter select the ADD button. 5. Attributes placed in separate groups are treated as OR attributes. 4. 2. . This means that components that satisfy either attribute will be added to the result set. to edit a filter select Edit.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 36 of 301 No. This means that a component must satisfy both attributes to be added to the result set. Name the filter Select an attribute Select an operator Select a criteria Click Add Filter Component to add an additional screen and when finished click OK to save changes.

Doc 7. 7. When the filter is removed the green background on the Nav Tree is removed and the message in the status bar is updated to show no filter applied.5 Filters are removed by returning to the filter page and pressing the Remove Current Filter button. Proprietary and Confidential .4 Press Apply Selected Filter The results of the filter are shown below. Green background is a visual indication that a filter is applied.2.2 To apply a filter select a filter from the dropdown list 7.Equity Engineering Group.2. File API-RBI User Guide. Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 37 of 301 No.2.2.2.2. .2.2.3 7.

. inches. MPa.3 Security File API RBI 3.3. m3.Doc 7. 1. select no and the unit will use English units.3 Unit Database Folder 3 Corporation and plant to receive data 4 Metric Flag Proprietary and Confidential .02. select yes and the unit will use metric units.3.3 application API RBI 3.2.Equity Engineering Group.3 Import of API RBI Version 3.3. Inc. Using the Explorer window. Select the Import File Button from the Toolbar or the Import button from the Toolbar 2.3 database into Version 8.3 application • The API RBI Version 3. ft2. lbm. kg. ft3.3.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 38 of 301 No. Metric units use °C.3 security file • The API RBI Version 3.3.3.3 unit database you wish to import Select the corporation and plant that will receive the data Select the Metric Flag.3. psi. m2. 3. API RBI 3. File API-RBI User Guide. navigate to the location of • The API RBI Version 3. 4. English units use °F. mm.

Inc. Continue with import Cancel import View imported file Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. or cancel the import pressing the Cancel button.Doc Import generates a report.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 5.3. No changes can be made to this file. Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 39 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide. This will allow the user to view the data that has been extracted from the 3.3 database. The file that will be imported can be viewed by pressing the View Excel button. A search facility is provided to search the file for a specified string. This report can be reviewed in this window and a decision made to continue with the import by pressing the Continue button. The report generated can be found in the folder APIRBI_INSTALLATION\import\log folder. .

Import is complete. .Doc During the import process the screen is greyed out and locked.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide. the navigation bar is updated. Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 40 of 301 No. 7.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 6. Proprietary and Confidential . Inc.

Press Save to Save changes or Cancel to quit 7.2. NAVIGATE. If you wish to create a user then click on any user name in the list 2. Select the user to edit. FORMDATA.1 Create or Edit User 1. CALCULATE. REPORT. REPORT • Specialist can not RENAME. Proprietary and Confidential . MANAGE USERS 6. SAVE. Change the appropriate information. WHAT-IF. Required fields have a yellow background. NAVIGATE. Select the user to delete 2. CALCULATE. WHAT-IF. FORMDATA. CALCULATE. WHAT-IF. File API-RBI User Guide. DELETE. In the Corporation. RENAME. NAVIGATE.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 41 of 301 No. using the drop down list change the Corporation. 5.2. The administrator tool allows the software administrator to create.Doc 7. Plant and Unit fields.2 Delete User 1.4 Administrator Tool Administrator activities are accessed via the Administrator Toolbar icon. 3. or WHAT-IF Reporter can NAVIGATE. FORMDATA. CALCULATE.2. SAVE.Equity Engineering Group. 4. Click on the Edit User button. REPORT • Administrator can RENAME. Click on the Delete User button.4. DELETE. . Plant. REPORT • Risk Analyst can RENAME. DELETE Specialist can SAVE. User roles are defined as • Reporter can not SAVE.4. 7. and delete API RBI users. Unit assignment. edit. FORMDATA. Optional fields have a white background. Inc. DELETE.

File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved User Details Tab Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 42 of 301 No. Inc. .Equity Engineering Group.Doc 1 2 3 4 5 6 Proprietary and Confidential .

File API-RBI User Guide. Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Login Details Tab Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 43 of 301 No.Doc Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. .

API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 44 of 301 No. 1 Proprietary and Confidential . When passwords expire the user is sent to this page after attempting to logon with an expired password.2. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group. To reset the password perform the following steps: 1. From this form the user can change information about their user data and reset their password when it expires.Doc 7. The user details tab allows user to change any User information necessary. . Passwords may not be repeatedly used. The last 10 passwords are not available for reuse. Inc.5 User Tool The User Tool is accessed from the Toolbar UT icon.

Inc.Doc The login tab presents data concening the last user login.Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 2. File API-RBI User Guide. Proprietary and Confidential . Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 45 of 301 No. .

Equity Engineering Group. the user can choose to change the local or enterprise database to which the server is pointing. select the new trace level. press the Set Level button and the press the Save button. File API-RBI User Guide. . Changes made on this form apply to all clients using this server installation .Doc The general tab is used to • Set the Server Trace Level. Proprietary and Confidential . Users may be asked to change this setting in an effort to resolve problems encountered in the use of the software. Inc. To change this value. • If the server tier is installed on this computer.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 3. Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 46 of 301 No.

File API-RBI User Guide. .Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 4. 6. applies for all calculations requested until the flags are changed and effect all clients using this server installation. When changes are complete. select Save button to save changes. Making either of these options active. Proprietary and Confidential . select Cancel button. To exit the tool. • When batch diag mode is active. 5. • When plant level calculations are enabled. Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 47 of 301 No. Inc. when the calculation button is pressed calculations are performed for all units within the plant.Doc The calculation tab is used to allow calculations at the plant leve and to set the diagnostic mode on for all calculations. the diagnostic files are generated for all calculations regardless of whether that option is presented on the batch calculation filter form.

The category of inspection is selected from the category drop down list.5 for a description of this option. Proprietary and Confidential .2. 7. Changes made are saved by selecting Saved or the changes are cancelled by selecting Cancel. The Inspection Type is selected from the drop down list 6.Equity Engineering Group. 8.2.7 Inspection Category Table Editor The Inspection Category Table Editor allows the user to edit the text description for the various inspection methods for each type of damage. Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 48 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide. see section 6. 1. The information shown in the Intrusive and Non Intrusive Inspection fields changes based on the Inspection Type of Category.6 API RBI Property Editor This icon accesses the API RBI Property Editor.Doc 7. . 7.

These fluids can be used as a basis for new fluids by selecting the edit function and saving the changes with a new fluid name. 3.2.3. Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 49 of 301 No. To edit a fluid select the desired fluid from the dropdown list and press EDIT. The Fluid Designer allows the user to create custom fluids for use in the software. When the Consequence Model flag is changed from Original to New.Equity Engineering Group. . File API-RBI User Guide. If you are editing a fluid. To add a fluid press ADD.Doc 7. 1. select the component you wish to change and select edit or delete. Creating a fluid with the Fluid Designer requires the use of the new consequence model. Proprietary and Confidential . These fluid compositions may not be changed.3 software. the Toxic Model and Toxic Percent. fluid recipes are added to the database based on the original fluid composition.8 Fluid Designer Fluid Designer is selected from the Fluid Designer icon from the toolbar. 2. The database has been seeded with all of the fluids from the API RBI 3.

Inc. If you wish to add an additional component. . If you are adding a new fluid then name the mixture and select its components and their percentages in the mixture. edit the Basis. Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 50 of 301 No. When all changes have been made press OK to save your changes. The software will not allow you to exceed 100% and will scale your mixture amounts to 100%. As you select each component.Equity Engineering Group. you will need to edit the percentages for the other components first before selecting the new component. press the ADD COMPONENT button to add it to the fluid. Equation of State or fluid cost. 5.Doc 4. Then change the percent in the mixture. File API-RBI User Guide. 6.The software will not allow you to exceed 100% and will scale your mixture amounts to 100%.

Proprietary and Confidential . 7. Inc. File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 51 of 301 No. 7.Doc 7. .2. The PRV navigation tree begins at the PRV level.Equity Engineering Group.2.11 Administrator’s Guide This Toolbar option presents The Administrator’s Guide in PDF format.2.10 Fixed Equipment RBI Toggle to switch between the Fixed Equipment RBI data and the PRV RBI Data.9 PRV Data Toggle to switch between the PRV data and the Fixed Equipment data.

API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 52 of 301 No.Equity Engineering Group. Inc.Doc Proprietary and Confidential . . File API-RBI User Guide.

.2.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 53 of 301 No.12 User’s Guide This Toolbar option presents The User’s Guide in PDF format. Inc. Proprietary and Confidential .Doc 7.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide.

2.Doc 7. Inc. File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 54 of 301 No. Proprietary and Confidential .13 Help This Toolbar option presents the Help file for the particular level of the Nav Tree where the user is located.Equity Engineering Group. .

Doc 7.14 About This Toolbar option presents the About logo. a list of the version information for all parts of the software.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 55 of 301 No.Equity Engineering Group. Inc. .2. Proprietary and Confidential . File API-RBI User Guide.

Doc 7. In the situation where the user has many databases. Using this option. if the software shuts down unexpectedly. . File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group. In the API RBI application we take advantage of this ability with remote node. recovery of database files if files are found to be lost or corrupt. In a typical user environment.16 Backup MYSQL Databases This Toolbar option will allow the user to backup their MYSQL databases located on the user’s computer.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 56 of 301 No. an analyis of the database tables for repair and optimization. However since all of the databases are loaded into memory. any database listed in the \data folder is loaded into memory. These activities include database maintenance including a check of database index files.2.15 VCEDamge This Toolbar option will launch the Equity Engineering Program VCEDamageMechanisms if it is present on the user’s computer. This allows the user to switch between databases without shutting down Mysql.. the recommendation is to only keep the necessary databases in the \data folder and to move the other folders to a separate folder structure to minimize the time required for this activity. This option only appears on a computer where the server tier of the software is installed using a MYSQL database. the software automatically performs maintenance and backup activites for the MYSQL databases. the data in all of the databases is vunerable to being corrupted or lost. A database backup is created from a zip of each database. there will be a limited number of databases available and this activity will only take a short period of time. 7. performing maintenance and backups for all databases is an important task. Inc. Proprietary and Confidential .2. For this is the reason. This maintenance is important because when Mysql is started.

Administrative Users of the software will see all of the corporations. plants. Inc.Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 57 of 301 No. Other users will only see the information relevant to their corporation.3.3.3 Navigation Tree 7. delete and rename. 7. and then by component. Data is organized by Corporation-Plant-Unit. plant. and then by equipment. Actions available to the user from the Navigation Tree are copy. . A description of the forms available is contained in the subsequent sections of this document. Navigation Tree Proprietary and Confidential . or unit that was specified when the user was created. File API-RBI User Guide. move.Doc 7. units available in the database.1 Purpose The navigation tree is the primary method to navigate through the data records.2 Available Forms and Actions Different Forms and Actions are available at each level of the Navigation Tree from a right click.

1 Copy Unit. An alert box will appear to confirm the copy request. . When copying a unit drag to the new plant level. when copying an equipment drag it to the new unit. damage forms. unit combination. 3. If you are copying a unit from one plant to another and a unit with the same name exists in the new location. The Copy will stay until the copy is completed. Inc. Calculation results will not be copied. Equipment or Component you would like to copy. File API-RBI User Guide. 1 Proprietary and Confidential . 1.3. 2. Hold down the CTRL key and then left mouse button and drag the equipment or component to the new location.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 58 of 301 No. If you are copying an equipment or component and the name exists in the new location. Release the right mouse key and then the CTRL key. and inspection history records. plant. drag it to the new equipment. Copy will make a copy of all equipment. Highlight the Unit. the equipment information will be merged with the existing equipment. It is not possible to copy to/from corporations with a different metric flag setting. and when copying a component.Doc 7. Equipment or Components can be copied from one plant to another plant even to a different corporation.Equity Engineering Group. then will be amended to ensure data integrity. components.2.

Equity Engineering Group. . Inc. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc 2 4 Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 59 of 301 No.

the user is prompted for a new name. .Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide.When Rename is selected.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 60 of 301 No. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name. Inc. Proprietary and Confidential .3.2 Rename from the Navigation Tree .2.Doc 7.

3 • • Delete Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 61 of 301 No. . 3. Highlight the item to be deleted.2.3. Proprietary and Confidential . Delete from the Navigation Tree For Corporations.Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.For equipment and component deletes all information below the level selected. Inc. File API-RBI User Guide. Deleting the last unit from a plant for that Corporation deletes that corporation. Plants. Navigation Tree is updated. it also deletes the levels above. 2. or Units deletes all the information below the level selected and if the entry deleted is the only instance left at that level.Doc 1. Delete from the Navigation Tree . Respond YES to the prompt.

Highlight the Unit. or component. Hold down the right mouse and drag the item to its new location on the Navigation Tree.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 62 of 301 No. equipment.Doc 7. 2 3. 1. Equipment or Component 1 2. . File API-RBI User Guide.2. 3 Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group.3.4 Move To move a unit. Release the right mouse key and the item will move. Inc.

02 see paragraph 7.2. User Tools.1.singe click your corporation name to display the Corporation Table filled with data.2.2.2..2.2. Filter.3. Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Corporations. User’s Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 63 of 301 No. Inc.2. Admin Tools. Import. Administrator’s Guide.5 Inspection Category Editor allows users to edit inspection descriptions see paragraph 7.3 Administrator Tools opens the Administrator’s Tool see paragraph 7.Doc 7. .3.12 Help Displays help information for specific Navigation Tree location see paragraph 7.2.3 into Version 8. Single click navigates down the Navigation Tree and loads the appropriate data into the correct form .14 Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. Filter is the functionality to filter the database see paragraph 7.13 About displays the about information see paragraph 7. Corporation Table. Inspection Category Editor. Plant and Unit Remote Node allows data to be transferred between 2 databases see paragraph 7.2 Import API RBI Version 3. Help.2. and About.7 Administrator’s Guide is a PDF of that document see paragraph 7.3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • STARTUP Upon start up the Navigation Tree displays the API RBI Logo screen.4 User Tool opens the User Tools see paragraph 7.2. Corporation opens the Corporation Form Corporation Table displays the table view for Corporation. File API-RBI User Guide.11 User’s Guide is a PDF of this document see paragraph 7.

. Help. or Units deletes all the information below the level selected and if the entry deleted is the only instance left at that level. Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all information below the level selected.3.Doc 7.When Rename is selected. Rename. Corporation presents the data for the current corporation. Inc.4 • • • • • • • • CORPORATION Single click navigates down the Navigation Tree.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 64 of 301 No. the user is prompted for a new name. Delete from the Navigation Tree For Corporations. Deleting the last unit from a plant for that Corporation deletes that corporation Help Displays this help information About displays the about information Proprietary and Confidential . Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Corporation. Plants. File API-RBI User Guide. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name.Equity Engineering Group. A double click loads the appropriate data into the correct form . Delete. it also deletes the levels above.double click your corporation name will display the Corporation Form filled with data. This form is used to display/edit preload data for the management systems modification factor and global settings for the risk analysis and inspection planning analysis Rename from the Navigation Tree . About.

Delete. . the user is prompted for a new name. Deleting the last unit from a plant for that Corporation deletes that corporation. Inc.double click your plant name will display the Corporation Form filled with data.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 65 of 301 No.Doc 7. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group.5 • • • • • • • PLANT Single click navigates down the Navigation Tree. Rename from the Navigation Tree . Plants.3.When Rename is selected. A double click loads the appropriate data into the correct form . All references to the old name are replaced with the new name. it also deletes the levels above. Help. and About. or Units deletes all the information below the level selected and if the entry deleted is the only instance left at that level. Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Corporations. Rename. Help Displays this help information About displays the about information Proprietary and Confidential . Delete from the Navigation Tree For Corporations. Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all information below the level selected.

Equipment – Create a new piece of equipment in this unit Unit Settings – Allows users to change default values used in the new consequence model. Reports – Opens the Report form Expand All – Displays all equipment and all components in this unit Find – Search for a component in this unit Collapse All – Only displays the unit name in this unit Import. Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all information below the level selected. Delete from the Navigation Tree For Corporations.Equity Engineering Group. Help. Rename.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 66 of 301 No. View. and Export Spreadsheet – use the Excel based import/export tool to view and edit data from the database Rename from the Navigation Tree . Help Displays this help information About displays the about information Proprietary and Confidential . Delete. View. Export. Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Batch Calc Filter. Equipment.Doc 7. Deleting the last unit from a plant for that Corporation deletes that corporation. File API-RBI User Guide. Batch Calculate – Opens a form to specify the required information to perform a calculation on all components in this unit. Reports . Inc.double click your unit name will display the Corporation Form filled with data. Global Component Settings. Collapse All . it also deletes the levels above.3. Global Component Settings – Allows user to edit the global values without changing the base set for this unit and to apply them to all components in this unit.Expand All.6 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • UNIT Single click navigates down the Navigation Tree. . Import. A double click loads the appropriate data into the correct form . Corporation.When Rename is selected. the user is prompted for a new name. or Units deletes all the information below the level selected and if the entry deleted is the only instance left at that level. Unit Settings. Corporation – Displays the Corporation Form for this particular Corporation-Plant-Unit location on the Navigation Tree. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name. and About. Plants.

Inventory Group Table. Reports. and About.When Rename is selected. Batch Calculate – Opens a form to specify the required information to perform a calculation on all components in this equipment. the user is prompted for a new name. Reports – Opens the Report form Rename from the Navigation Tree . Help Displays this help information About displays the about information Proprietary and Confidential . Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all infomation below the level selected. Rename. File API-RBI User Guide.3. Inc.Create a new component in this piece of equipment Equipment – Create a new piece of equipment in this unit Inventory Group Table . All references to the old name are replaced with the new name. Help.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 67 of 301 No.Equity Engineering Group. . Component. Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Batch Calc. Delete. Component .7 • • • • • • • • • • • EQUIPMENT Single or double clicking loads an Equipment Form with data from the first piece of Equipment in the list.Table view of all inventory groups for this unit. Equipment.Doc 7.

8 • • COMPONENT • • • • • • • • • • Single or double clicking loads a Component Form with data from the first Component in the list. . Help. Component Create a new component in this piece of equipment Damage.Doc 7. minimum thicknesses. Thinning & Linings. Inspection. Reports.When Rename is selected. and Inspection Planning Forms Component Data Table – Contains application wide values for gff. Inspection Planning. Help Displays this help information About displays the about information Proprietary and Confidential .3. HTHA. Reports – Opens the Report form Rename from the Navigation Tree . Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Batch Calculate. Component. the user is prompted for a new name. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name. and failure costs for each of 4 hole sizes.Equity Engineering Group. Component Data Table. Inspection History Table. Batch Calculate – Opens a form to specify the required information to perform a calculation for this component.. Inc. Cracking. down times. File API-RBI User Guide. Mechanical Fatigue. About. External Damage. Delete. Rename. Brittle Fracture.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 68 of 301 No. Batch Calc with Diag. Batch Calculate With Diag– Opens a form to specify the required information to perform a calculation for this component with varying levels of diagnostics. Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all information below the level selected.

File API-RBI User Guide.4 Input Form/Table Format Input forms have the following basic format. • Comments – Popup window for comments • Next Record • Previous Record Proprietary and Confidential . and at the bottom of the form action buttons.2 Actions Standard Action buttons are generally • Save Data – Saves data to database. • Help – Displays form/table help. 7.4.Doc 7. blocks of data fields.1 Data fields Data fields have the following color format: • Yellow fields are required input fields • White fields are optional input fields • Blue fields are for display only and contain either information entered on other forms or calculated values.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 69 of 301 No. Inc. Forms may have multiple tabs.4. 7. . Each has a title block. with each tab containing a group of data. Pressing the SAVE button saves data on all tabs.Equity Engineering Group. • Delete – Deletes current record from database.

Inc. Proprietary and Confidential .Any time a SAVE function is requested.Doc Error checking . File API-RBI User Guide. and presence of required data. and then attempts to move off of the form without saving the change.Equity Engineering Group. If a user has changed a value on a form. if data is within the minimum/maximum range.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 70 of 301 No. the data on the form is validated for acceptable type of data. . Validation errors are returned on an Error Message reply. the user is prompted to make a decision.

. units for English and metric systems. Field help contains the field name.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 71 of 301 No.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide. • Form Help • Field Help Proprietary and Confidential . help information. range of values.Doc Help is provided for each form/table and for each individual field on a form or table. Inc.

.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 72 of 301 No. or damage record. the comments button will appear white. Proprietary and Confidential . File API-RBI User Guide. When comments have been saved.Equity Engineering Group. Inc. component.Doc Comments can be added for any equipment.

Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. Inc. then What-If Flag = NO Calculation is done from the Batch Calculate or Batch Calculate with Diag forms • If the What-If flag is YES. then What-If Flag = YES Fields switched to accept input Calculate Button • Calculate – performs calculations based upon changes to What-If fields. File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 73 of 301 No. If the What-If flag is NO. .Doc Damage Forms have additional actions • What-If Flag – switches specific fields from calculated to input optional. however no changes are saved to the database.

Total DF. . is reported on a damage form the following definitions are followed. Inc. File API-RBI User Guide. Else use the tmsf for Thinning Tmsf for External Corrosion & CUI is the sum of the tmsf for CUI Low Carbon + CUI Austenitic + External Damage Low Carbon + External Damage Austenitic Tmsf for Brittle Fracture is the sum of the tmsf for Low Temperature Brittle Fracture + Sigma + Temper Embrittlement + 885 Embrittlement Tmsf for Cracking is the maximum of the tmsf for all cracking mechanisms Proprietary and Confidential .Doc 7.4. Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanism.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 74 of 301 No.3 Damage Factors When a Damage Factor. Based upon the following rule: Tmsf_total= sum of ( tmsf for thinning & Equipment Linings + tmsf for External Corrosion & CUI + tmsf for Brittle Fracture + tmsf for Cracking + tmsf for Mechanical Fatigue + tmsf for HTHA) Where Tmsf for Thinning & Linings = If tmsf for Linings is > 0 then use the minimum of the tmsf for Linings and the tmsf for Thinning.Equity Engineering Group. or a Total Damage Factor. DF. DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on the specific damage mechanism.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 75 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.5 Corporation Table A table showing all the corporations, plants, and units and their descriptions, or just a selected one.

7.5.1 TABLE ACTIONS FORM VIEW 1. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. From the Form Edit View, the user can 2. edit the current record and click on OK or 3. cancel the edit with CANCEL. 4. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table View CUT/PASTE Row Data can be copy and pasted from/into tables. Simply highlight the row you wish to copy and press CTRL-C. This places the data onto the clipboard. Move to the location for pasting. This can be any row in the current table or you can move to a different component but the same table. Place the cursor into the first cell and press CTRL-V and the data will be pasted. If you are at the last row of the table the data will be appended to the table. If data is pasted into a different table than the original table, the program will attempt to fit the data. Numerical field pasted to numerical fields will act normally. if the value being pasted appears in the destination select list, if will be preserved. If the value being pasted is from a select list and does not appear in the select list then the default value will be used. If the user wishes to just copy and paste the contents of a cell, then the user needs to place the cursor inside the cell and highlight its contents and then press CTRL-C. To paste the value put the cursor inside the cell and press CTRL-V.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 76 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

ADD ROW 1. Inserts a blank row into current table 2. Required fields are Corporation, Plant, Unit, and Metric_Flag. SAVE 1. Required fields are Corporation, Plant, Unit, and Metric_Flag. 2. Note only the highlighted row will be saved upon selecting the Save Data button 3. Select Save Data button from the action panel 4. If data passes validation the New Corporation will be appended to the bottom of the list 5. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen. DELETE Delete current Corporation from database 7.5.2 Field Help Corporation_ID = The unique record identifier for the Corporation_Table required Plant = The Plant Name required Unit = The Unit Name required Metric_Flag = Metric Flag indicates the Metric or English (US) unit in the database (Y=Metric/N=English(US)) required Corporation_Description = The Corporation Description

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 77 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.6 Corporation Form This form shows data specific to a corporation. This form contains the field Metric Flag. This setting specifies whether the specified unit has had input entered in the Metric or US Customary unit system. Changing the Metric flag value will convert the entire unit from one unit system to the other.

7.6.1 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Required fields are Corporation, Plant, Unit, and Metric_Flag. 2. If data entered is validated, the edited Corporation will be added to the database. 3. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen. DELETE Delete current Corporation from database 7.6.2 Field Help Corporation_ID = The unique record identifier for the Corporation_Table required Plant = The Plant Name required Unit = The Unit Name required Metric_Flag = Metric Flag indicates the Metric or English (US) unit in the database (Y=Metric/N=English(US)) required Corporation_Description = The Corporation Description

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 78 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.7 • • • • • •

Batch Calculate Calculations done from this form do not generate diagnostic files. While calculations are in progress the Calculation in progress form appears. The user must not navigate to a different form until the Batch Calculate Filter screen is refreshed. Once calculations are complete the view returns to this form. The View Calc Report button shows a summary any errors from the calculations. The View Calc Message Report shows any error messages generated by the calculations

7.8 Calculation in Progress Form This form appears while the program is calculating

Status Messages

Calculator status messages are displayed in the status bar. These messages show the user, status, and unit being calculated.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 79 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

This is the refreshed Batch Calc form after calculation is completed.

There are two reports available that give a status report on the requested calculations. 7.9 Calculator Status Report

7.10

Calc Message Report

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.11 • • • • • Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 80 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

Batch Calculate Filter with Diag Level of diagnostics is selected with the YL dropdown YL1 generates the smallest diagnostics files while YL4 generates the largest. The diagnostic levels ending in ME indicate that the input is in Metric units while the diagnostic files will be in US Customary. Plot generation is controlled with a Yes/No flag While calculations are in progress the Calculation in progress form appears. The user must not navigate to a different form until the Batch Calculate Filter screen is refreshed. Once calculations are complete the view returns to this form.

7.12 Refreshed Batch Calculate Filter Form This form appears when calculations are completed. The VIEW CALC REPORT button will present a report on the calculations completed listed by component. The VIEW CALC MESSAGE REPORT will list all errors or warnings from the calculator.

View Plots

View Diag

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved • Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 81 of 301 No. number and level of diagnostics is determined by the Diagnostic Type field.Equity Engineering Group. 1. Plots may be produced as line. Inc.Doc View Diag – review diagnostic files generated by calculator. • View Plots – review plots generated by the calculator. The next and previous buttons may be used to move from component to component to view plots. pie and bar plots. . Risk at current date Proprietary and Confidential .

API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 2.Equity Engineering Group. DF at future date no inspection Proprietary and Confidential .Doc Risk at future date no inspection 3. DF at current date 4. File API-RBI User Guide. Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 82 of 301 No. . Inc.

• Compressor. • Heat Exchanger.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 83 of 301 No. 7. • Tank 650 • PRD Equipment Once components have been added to a piece of equipment. • Vessel/Finfan. Required fields are Equipment Name. Mitigation System. Design Code. 6. Available Equipment Types are: • Pipe. • Pump. .13 Equipment Form A form showing all data specific to a piece of Equipment. the equipment type cannot be changed.Doc 7. the edited Corporation will be added to the database.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide. DELETE Delete current Equipment from the database Proprietary and Confidential . Detection System. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen.13. If data entered is validated.1 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 4. 5. • Tube/NS Pipe. Inc.

Compressor. PRD Equipment) Required Asset_Identifier = The Corporate Asset Identifier assigned to this Equipment Equipment_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Computed Service Start Date.Equity Engineering Group. required Equipment_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Equipment_Type = Equipment Type (Such as Vessel\Finfan. cameras. typically the commissioning date of the unit (See the API RBI Risk Matrix in Figure B-1 of the BRD) Design_Code = Construction Code (Such as ASME BPV Code Section VIII Div 1 and ASME B31. Inc.3) required Tank_DMFH = (ft : m) Tank Design Fill Height. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Tube. Foam Spray System. . Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.13. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. applied to the Outage Factors in the Component Data Table (Optional Input) Number_Of_Courses = Number of Tank Courses API 650 Tanks only Tank_Course_Height =(ft : m) Height of Course API 650 Tanks only Tank_Nominal_Diameter = (ft: m) Diamter of Tank API 650 Tanks only Equipment_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) The value for Equipment Vapor Volume computed as the sum of the component vapor volumes Equipment_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) The computed value for Equipment Liquid Volume defined as the sum of the component liquid volumes Fluid Mass = (lbm : kg) Sum of the component fluid mass Proprietary and Confidential . C = Visual dection. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. B. MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. Calculated TubeSide MDMT = (°F : °C) Calculated Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) Detection_System = Detection System (A. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input) Calculated MDMT = (°F : °C) Calculated Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) Tube_Side_Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Tubeside Design Pressure for Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. the comments button will appear white. Tube_Side_Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Tubeside Design Temperature for Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.2 FIELD HELP . Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. component. Pump. or damage record. Heat Exchanger. Pipe. File API-RBI User Guide. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. When comments have been saved. or C -.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 84 of 301 No. Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.Doc COMMENTS Comments can be added for any equipment. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. or detectors with marginal coverage required Mitigation_System = Mitigation System (Such as Inventory Blowdown.API 650 Tanks only Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. and Fire Water options) required Outage_Mult = The Equipment Outage Multiplier. B = suitably located detectors to determine when the material is present outside the pressure-containing envelope. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure. 7.EQUIPMENT Equipment = The user name for this piece of Equipment.default) A = Instrumentation designed specifically to detect material losses by changes in operating conditions (loss of pressure or flow) in the system. then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Tank650.

Tolerance_Toxic_Conc. Ave_Toxic_Calc_Time. Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen.Calculation_Steps. . Vapor_Discharge_Coefficient.Doc 7. Liquid_Discharge_Coefficient . Max_Elevation_Evaluate_Conc 2. Ave_Flam_Calc_Time.14. Inc. 7. File API-RBI User Guide. If data entered is validated. Required fields are.1 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. the edited Corporation will be added to the database.14 Unit Settings This form allows users to change default values used in the new consequence model. Flammable_Concentration_Tot . 3.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 85 of 301 No.

(Default = 75) . (Default = 4.48E-6. (Default = 0.Equity Engineering Group.(optional) Tolerance_Toxic_Conc = (%:%) Tolerance for Toxic Concentration in Cloud.(optional) Flammable_Concentration_Tot = (%:%)Tolerance for Flammable Concentration in Cloud. Inc. (Default = 10.0). For typical process plants.532.(optional) Ave_Flam_Calc_Time = (sec:sec) Concentration Averaging Time for Flammable Release Case.(optional) Radiation_Limit_Equipment = (Btu/hr-ft² : W/m²) Thermal Radiation Limit for Equipment Damage. .(optional) Radiation_Limit_Personnel = (Btu/hr-ft² : W/m²) Thermal Radiation Limit for Fatalities. Typical value for concrete is 0. to protect against casuing an overpressure demand.1.(optional) Ave_Toxic_Calc_Time = (sec:sec) Concentration Averaging Time for Toxic Release Case. (Default = 0. File API-RBI User Guide.(optional) Proprietary and Confidential .(optional) Pool_Surface_Diffusivity = (ft²/s : m²/s) Surface Thermal Diffusivity used for Pool Interaction.0) . (Default = 0.Doc 7.0) .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 86 of 301 No.(optional) Wind_Velocity = (mph:kph) Ambient Wind Velocity. (Default = 5. % Calculation_Steps = Number of intermediate calculation steps for the cloud dispersion analyis.0). (Default = 4. (Default = 8).975). (Default = 4000.696) .(optional) Ambient_Relative_Humidity = (% : %) Ambient Relative Humidity. Typical value for concrete is 4.0) . (Default = 12000.(optional) Probit_Limit_For_Damage = Probit Value for Fatalities and Equipment damage used in Consequence Effect Modeling. (Default = 70) . (Default = NO) 7.0) Surface_Roughness = (ft : m) Surface Roughness Parameter for Cloud Dispersion.14. (Default = 6) . (Default = 0. Enter YES if there are plant administrative controls on block valves to protect against inadvertant closing. % Max_Elevation_Evaluate_Conc = (ft:m) Maximum Elevation for Evaluating the Cloud Dispersion. (Default = 1800.532).0).48E-6) .0).(optional) Ambient_Temperature = (°F : °C) Ambient Temperature. (Default = 2). (Default = 500.(optional) Ambient_Pressure = (psi : kPa) Ambient Pressure.14.(optional) Vapor_Discharge_Coefficient = Crack Vapor Discharge Coefficent.65). (Default = 14.(optional) Pool_Surface_Roughness = Surface Roughness Parameter for Pool Interaction.0).2 FIELD HELP UNIT SETTINGS .3 FIELD HELP UNIT SETTINGS – SOLUTION CONTROL Liquid_Discharge_Coefficient = Crack Liquid Discharge Coefficent. Typical value for concrete is 1. the surface roughness parameter is 0.1) .0. (Default = 1.(optional) Reference_Wind_Height = Reference Elevation for Wind Velocity. (Default = 0.GENERAL Atmospheric_Stability_Class = Atmospheric Stability Class.(optional) Pool_Surface_Thermal_Conduct = (Btu/hr-ft/F:W/m-C)Surface Thermal Conductivity used for Pool Interaction.(optional) Elevation_Of_Release = (ft : m) Elevation of Release.(optional) Block_Admin = Flag for Block Valves.

HELP View this form help screen. If data entered is validated.15 Global Component Settings This form contains the preloaded management systems modification factor and global settings for the risk analysis and inspection planning analysis. causes the creation of new fluids to represent the fluids. Changing the Consequence Model flag from Original to New.Equity Engineering Group. Inc. Changes made to Global Component Settings in this form effect all future components created in this Corporation. Fields that are made blank or if <NO APPLY> is chosen from a select list then this data will not be changed. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message APPLY Apply the settings shown to all components but do not save these changes to the defaults set. which can be varied by component. 7.15.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 87 of 301 No. Toxic Model and Toxic Percent for each component. Proprietary and Confidential . These changes are not applied to any exising componens but will be used for all new components. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc 7. CLEAR ALL Clear all input items from input fields. the edited Global Component Setting will be added to the database. 2. .1 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1.

For Component_Type = HEXTUBE (Tube Bundle) only the plan option is available. PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date. while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date required Plan_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Global Settings field for Inspection Plan Date. The Target Area Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. Inc.15.Equity Engineering Group.0) Production_Cost = ($/day : $/day) The Cost associated with Production Loss. this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value of 2. the date where the calculated bundle risk exceeds the financial risk target. the maximum inspection Interval = 25 years. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with default value = 550. Target Financial Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). There are two Inspection Options.000. Proprietary and Confidential .0) Equipment_Cost = ($/ft² : $/m²) The Cost for Affected Area. For Equipment_Type = Tank650 or Component_Type = Hextube. Management_Factor = The Management System Modification Factor (MSMF). File API-RBI User Guide.0) Population_Density = (person/ft² : person/m²) Population Density. This value is used to determine the target date. only Financial analysis is done. Default = ORIGINAL RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Available_External_Environment = The Environmental Driver for External Corrosion required.Doc 7. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a Default value = 0.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 88 of 301 No. Target Area Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = area. The Computed value of MSMF is based on the Management Systems Evaluation Score (MS_SCORE) from Figure 8-5 in the BRD Management_Score = Score on the Management Systems Evaluation (MS_SCORE) (Optional Input with a default value = 0.e.1 to 100) or computed if not specified. Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information. Area_Risk_Target = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The Global Settings field for the Target Area Risk (the area risk for establishing a future inspection date). Changes to this field on this form change the value shown on the Inspection Planning Form. Required if inspection plan basis is area Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year :$/year) The Global Settings field for the Target Financial Risk (the financial risk for establishing a future inspection date). Required if inspection plan basis is financial Bundle_Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year) User bundle financial risk tolerance.000. i. Date and Plan. MSMF can be specified (with an input value ranging from 0. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 100. The Target Financial Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value.2 FIELD HELP Consequence Model = Flag to indicate if ORIGINAL or NEW consequence model is to be used. Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) For Component_Type=HEXTUBE. Injury_Cost = ($ :$) The Cost for a Personnel Injury. .0) Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining the next Inspection date Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk.0) Environmental_Cost = ($/day :$/day) The Cost associated with Environmental Cleanup. Cracking_Inspection_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Date of Cracking Inspection Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 0. DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information.000.0001) Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options.

Inc.Equity Engineering Group.Doc Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE. .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 89 of 301 No. this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. File API-RBI User Guide. DF_Target = Damage Factor Target Proprietary and Confidential .

Doc 7. 1. damage. Double click on the name of the report you would like to export. . tank. Reports have been grouped according to their purpose. 2. Inc. bundle.Equity Engineering Group. If Reports are selected at the Corporation level more data records are included than if the report is requested at the equipment level.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 90 of 301 No. Proprietary and Confidential . Reports can be viewed and/or exported into MS Excel. File API-RBI User Guide. Specify a location for the file. Data included in the report is a function of the level on the Navigation Tree. Click on Export Report 2. consequence. inspection planning and risk. Groups are all. when only data for that equipment is listed in the report.16 Reports This form lists the available reports for the software.

2 Bundle Financial Proprietary and Confidential .16.Equity Engineering Group.1 Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 91 of 301 No. Inc. File API-RBI User Guide. .Doc Bundle Damage Modifier 7.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.16.

Equity Engineering Group.Doc Proprietary and Confidential . Inc. File API-RBI User Guide. .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 92 of 301 No.

16. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group. Inc. .3 Bundle Materials 7.4 Bundle Process Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 93 of 301 No.Doc 7.16.

. Inc. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 94 of 301 No.Equity Engineering Group.

Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide. Inc.6 Check Number of Inspections Proprietary and Confidential .Doc 7.16.5 Bundle Risk 7.16. .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 95 of 301 No.

API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 96 of 301 No. Inc.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide. .Doc Proprietary and Confidential .

Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide.16. .16.8 Consequence Proprietary and Confidential . Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 97 of 301 No.Doc 7.7 Check Thckness 7.

16. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc 7.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 98 of 301 No.9 Corrosion Rate Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. . Inc.

File API-RBI User Guide. .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 99 of 301 No.Doc 7.11 Damage Report Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group.16. Inc.16.10 Cracking Susceptibility 7.

12 Design & Operating Conditions 7.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 100 of 301 No.13 HIC SOHIC Proprietary and Confidential . File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group.16. Inc. .Doc 7.16.

API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 101 of 301 No. Inc.14 Import 7.16.16.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide.15 Inspection Due Date – Date Option This will only show components which have been calclulated with the Date option selected.Doc 7. Proprietary and Confidential . .

16.Equity Engineering Group.Doc 7.16 Inspection Due Date –Plan Option This will only show components which have been calclulated with the Plan option selected. File API-RBI User Guide. Proprietary and Confidential . Inc. .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 102 of 301 No.

.Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 103 of 301 No. Inc.16.Doc 7.17 Insulated Operating Temperature Proprietary and Confidential . File API-RBI User Guide.

19 Number of Thinning History Proprietary and Confidential .16.16.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 104 of 301 No.18 Inventory Group 7. Inc.Doc 7. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group. .

16. . Inc.20 Probability 7.16.Doc 7.Equity Engineering Group.21 Recommended Inspections Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 105 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.

File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 106 of 301 No. Inc.16.22 Risk Proprietary and Confidential . .Equity Engineering Group.Doc 7.

.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 107 of 301 No.Doc 7. File API-RBI User Guide.16.23 Risk Matrix Report The Risk Matrix Report summarizes the risk data in the following 3 categories: • Area Risk at Current Date • Area Risk at Future Date with out Inspections • Area Risk at Future Date with Inspections This report will only show components calculated with the Inspection Plan Basis = Area Risk Proprietary and Confidential . Inc.Equity Engineering Group.

Equity Engineering Group. Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 108 of 301 No.24 Risk Matrix Financial Report The Risk Matrix Report summarizes the risk data for components calculated with the Inspection Plan Basis = Financial Risk in the following 3 categories: • Financial Risk at Current Date • Financial Risk with no Inspections • Financial Risk with Inspections Since the area consequence values are not available.Doc 7. Inc. File API-RBI User Guide.16. financial breakpoints must be provided. .

16. Inc. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group.Doc 7. .26 Risk Summary Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 109 of 301 No.25 Risk Mechanism 7.16.

27 Tank Details 7. Inc.Doc 7. .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 110 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.16.16.28 Tank Inventory Group Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group.

16.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.Equity Engineering Group.29 Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 111 of 301 No.16. File API-RBI User Guide.30 Thinning Mechanism Proprietary and Confidential .Doc Tank Bottom Supplement 7. Inc. .

.Doc Proprietary and Confidential . Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.16. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group.31 Thinning Type Local Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 112 of 301 No.

Equity Engineering Group. .Doc 7.16.33 Fluids Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 113 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.16. Inc.32 Toxic 7.

16. File API-RBI User Guide. Inc.34 Inspection History Report Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 114 of 301 No. .Equity Engineering Group.Doc 7.

File API-RBI User Guide. Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 115 of 301 No.Equity Engineering Group.Doc 7. .35 Materials Proprietary and Confidential .16.

1. There is no find next. Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 116 of 301 No.17 Find This is a search for a component from the Navigation Tree. Enter the search string. Options are : Equals. 2. Contains. Inc.Equity Engineering Group. Select Search and the navigation tree will be expanded and the first match will be selected. This is a single time operation. Select Find from the right click menu at the unit level. File API-RBI User Guide. . Ends With 3.Doc 7. Starts With.

The software has a default configuration for the export of Fixed Equipment. and reinsert the data back into the database. and Supplemental damage forms.Equity Engineering Group. Inc. Heat Exchanger Bundles. The tool is accessed from the APIRBI application from a right click at the unit level on the Navigation Tree. amend the data. File API-RBI User Guide.18 Import/Export Spreadsheet The import and export facility for API RBI is designed to allow users to move data out of the database. PRVs. Proprietary and Confidential .Doc 7. The application also requires the user to enable Macros and Visual Basic Projects in MS Excel. . Tanks.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 117 of 301 No.

. The spreadsheet will open after a few seconds to display the data. information for each type of damage is included on individual sheets. For the fixed equipment there is a spreadsheet for the basic data in the Basic sheet. the time required is shown as well as the ok button.Equity Engineering Group. Proprietary and Confidential . Inc. File API-RBI User Guide. select view spreadsheet. When the export is complete.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 118 of 301 No.Doc Once a configuration has been selected the export begins. To view the exported data.

Equity Engineering Group. Metric Flag. Do not delete the sheet named TransSheet. Data will only be imported from RBIExport. File API-RBI User Guide.xls. Proprietary and Confidential . . Each sheet in the spreadsheet is independent. and Component Type in each row. Inc. Component. Plant. the software will attempt to complete the import and then report any errors into an RBIError. the process may take some time. When you have completed your edits/additions.Doc To import data. Equipment Type. The row containing the erroneous data is painted yellow while the specific cell is painted green. If there are errors in the data imported. If you are importing a significant number of components. If you are not changing any data on a particular sheet you can delete that sheet. prefix the date with a ‘ mark to maintain the API RBI Date format of YYYY-MM-DD. Unit. save and close the spreadsheet and then select Import Spreadsheet. If you are changing date information. The top 3 rows are hidden and you cannot insert columns into the spreadsheet. A comment is added to the cell that contains the error message. Each sheet must have Corporation. Select lists are available for data items that have several prescribed selections. use the rbiexport.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 119 of 301 No. The import process produces an input file for each row on each sheet.xls spreadsheet to add your data.xls spreadsheet. Equipment.

Inventory Group select list. If the value being pasted is from a select list and does not appear in the select list then the default value will be used. Numerical field pasted to numerical fields will act normally. Place the cursor into the first cell and press CTRL-V and the data will be pasted. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. File API-RBI User Guide. From the Form Edit View.1 TABLE ACTIONS FORM VIEW 1. If you are at the last row of the table the data will be appended to the table. Inventory Groups are a collection of equipment that can be remotely isolated from other sections of the plant in an emergency situation.19. 7. If the user wishes to just copy and paste the contents of a cell. Simply highlight the row you wish to copy and press CTRL-C. To paste the value put the cursor inside the cell and press CTRL-V. Inc. if will be preserved. cancel the edit with CANCEL. Components are added to an Inventory Group from the Component Form. This places the data onto the clipboard. . the user can 2. then the user needs to place the cursor inside the cell and highlight its contents and then press CTRL-C. This can be any row in the current table or you can move to a different component but the same table. If the value being pasted appears in the destination select list.Doc 7. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table View CUT/PASTE Row Data can be copy and pasted from/into tables. Heat Exchanger Bundles are not included in Inventory Groups. 4.Equity Engineering Group. edit the current record and click on OK or 3. If data is pasted into a different table than the original table. the program will attempt to fit the data. Proprietary and Confidential .19 Inventory Group Table A table showing all Inventory Groups defined in the unit.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 120 of 301 No. Move to the location for pasting.

B. Required InvGrp_Liquid_Mass = (lbm : kg) Inventory Group Liquid Mass (lbm : kg) Inventory_Group_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) Inventory_Group_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Inventory Group Vapor Volume (Ft3) is used In the Consequence Analysis and is computed based on the Total Equipment Vapor Volumes of all Components in the Inventory Group Inventory_Group_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Inventory Group Liquid Volume Is used In the Consequence Analysis and is computed based on the Total Equipment Liquid Volumes of all Components in the Inventory Group InvGrp_Est_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Estimated Inventory Group Vapor Volume (Ft3:m3) InvGrp_Est_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Estimated Inventory Group Liquid Volume (Ft3:m3) InvGrp_Est_Liquid_Mass = (lbm : kg) Estimated Inventory Group Liquid Mass (lbm : kg) Proprietary and Confidential . . Required fields are Inventory Group and Isolation Method 2.2 FIELD HELP Inventory_Group = The Inventory Group Name describing the group collectively. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen. with no operator intervention. B – Isolation or shutdown systems activated by operators in the control room or other suitable locations remote from the leak.Equity Engineering Group. Inserts a blank row into current table 2.19. Note only the highlighted row will be saved upon selecting the Save Data button 3. DELETE Delete current Inventory Group data from database 7. Required fields are Inventory Group and Isolation Method SAVE 1.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 121 of 301 No. Inventory Groups are a collection of equipment that can be remotely isolated from other sections of the plant in an emergency situation. C – Isolation dependent on manually operated valves. If data passes validation the New Inventory Group will be added to the database 5. File API-RBI User Guide. Select Save Data button from the action panel 4. Required Isolation = Isolation System [A. Inc. or C (C is the default)] A – Isolation or shutdown systems activated directly from process instrumentation or detectors.Doc ADD ROW 1.

Inc.20 Component Form All data relevant to a Component. 7.1.1 FIELD HELP – GENERAL Flow_Order_No = Process Flow Order Number (Optional Input) Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Type = The Component Type of the Component based upon the Equipment_Type Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date. The TMIN-Specified input is used in all calculations when a value GT 0 is entered (Optional Input) Proprietary and Confidential .20.Doc 7.20.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 122 of 301 No. typically the commissioning date of the unit Specified_Tmin = (in : mm) An analyst specified minimum required Wall Thickness (TMIN-Specified). File API-RBI User Guide. .Equity Engineering Group. There are specific component forms for Tube Bundles and for Tanks.1 GENERAL TAB 7.

Component Types include Cylinder.85 (Optional Input) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Insulation = Option Flag to indicate external insulation Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced – e.8. Half-Apex Angle of the Conical Shell must be LT 30 Crown_Radius = (in : mm) The Torispherical Head Crown Radius is used to compute a Wall Thickness. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified. otherwise it is set to a default of 0. this Thickness Designation will be used to determine Furnished Thickness. then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations The default value is 1. then Furnished Thickness and Component Diameter will be determined. for freeze protection) Geometry_Type = A Component Geometry Type that is applicable. Elliptical Head. . Elbow. but limited to a given Equipment Type. Conical Shell.5 x Component Diameter) when Component Type = “ELBOW” or “PIPE BEND. Torispherical Head Crown Radius must be GT the Component Diameter and GT the Knuckle Radius Diameter_InnerDiameter = (in : mm) A required entry for Component Diameter used to compute a Wall Thickness. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. Torispherical Head. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation.06*Component Diameter Length = (in : mm) Component length that is used to compute the component volume. The Torispherical Head Crown Radius is only required when Component Type is = TOR (Torispherical).Equity Engineering Group. Torispherical Head Knuckle Radius must be GT 0. (Optional Input) Nominal_Diameter = (in : mm) Nominal Diameter is used only in conjunction with Furnished Nominal Thickness. If the appropriate Furnished Nominal Thickness and Nominal Diameter are input. otherwise it is set to a default of 0. The Elliptical Head Major-To-Minor Axis Ratio is 2 when Component Type = ELLIPTICAL. while the Inside Diameter is used for all other Component Types Head_Major_To_Minor_Ratio = The Elliptical Head Major-To-Minor Axis Ratio is used to compute a Wall Thickness.Doc Calculated_Tmin = (in : mm) A computed minimum required Wall Thickness (TMIN-Calculated) used in all other calculations where the TMIN-Specified value is 0 Allowable_Stress = (psi : Mpa) The computed Component Allowable Stress Calculated MAWP = (psig : Mpa) Maximum Allowable Working Pressure Based On The Current Thickness TubeSide Calculated MAWP = (psig : Mpa) Maximum Allowable Working Pressure Based On The Current Thickness Weld_Joint_Effy = The Component Weld Joint Efficiency or Area Factor for B31.g.” otherwise Bend Radius is set to 0 Cone_Angle = (Deg : Deg) The Half-Apex Angle of the Conical Shell. If specified.85 (Optional Input) Calculated Weld_Joint_Effy = The Component Weld Joint Efficiency or Area Factor for B31. The Torispherical Head Knuckle Radius is only required when Component Type is = Torispherical.0 Nominal_Thickness = (in :mm) Furnished Nominal Thickness Excluding Designation. or Nozzle Bend_Radius = (in : mm) The Bend Radius for Elbows or Pipe Bend. File API-RBI User Guide. Sphere. The default value is 0.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 123 of 301 No.0 (not specified) and Furnished Nominal Thickness is specified from choice list Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Bend Radius is (1. It is a required input if Furnished Thickness = 0. The default value is 0. then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Proprietary and Confidential . otherwise it is set to a default of 0. otherwise it is set to a default of 0.8. The Half-Apex Angle of the Conical Shell is 30 when Component Type is = TOR (Torispherical).0 Knuckle_Radius = (in : mm) The Torispherical Head Knuckle Radius is used to compute a Wall thickness. Either Furnished Thickness or Furnished Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified. Inc. The Outside Diameter is used for Piping. Hemi-Head.

When the Create Inventory Group hyperlink all of the inventory groups are shown in a table format.1.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 124 of 301 No. . all components assigned to this inventory group have had data changed also.Equity Engineering Group. (Optional Input) Default_Matl_Mult = Base Material Cost Multiplier relative to Carbon Steel.2 Inventory Groups • • • • • Component must be assigned to an Inventory Group. Available Inventory Groups are displayed in the select list of already created Inventory Groups. Data can be modified for an existing inventory group by selecting the row and changing the data. File API-RBI User Guide. A new group can be created by using the Add Row button and adding the required data.0 BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected BM_Year = Base Material Year based on the Construction Code selected BM_UNS = Base Material UNS based on the Construction Code selected BM_CCT = Base Material Class Condition Temper based on the Construction Code selected BM_S_T = Base Material Size/Thickness based on the Construction Code selected BM_GM = Base Material Generic Material Classification Furnished_Cladding_Thk = (in :mm) The Furnished Cladding or Overlay Thickness is the total Wall Thickness at the time of equipment installation (Optional Input) CM_Spec = Cladding/Overlay Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected CM_Grade = Cladding/Overlay Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected CM_Year = Cladding/Overlay Material Year based on the Construction Code selected CM_UNS = Cladding/Overlay Material UNS based on the Construction Code selected CM_CCT = Cladding/Overlay Material Class Condition Temper based on the Construction Code selected CM_S_T = Cladding/Overlay Material Size/Thickness based on the Construction Code selected CM_GM = Base Material Generic Material Classification Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) Available_Inventory_Group = List of available Inventory_Group names for selection in the Component Form Area = Grouping field 7.20. Inc. Proprietary and Confidential . but the name of the inventory group is not changed then. The default value is 1.Doc Corrosion_Allow = (in : mm) The thickness allotted to account for corrosion. Caution if the data on the form is changed.

a pipe bend or elbow is now address by using Equipment Type=PIPE with Geometry Type=ELB Table 2 Permissible Geometry Types for Each Equipment Type PIPE TUBE/NS PIPE CYL ELB ------------VESSEL/FINFAN HEAT EXCHANGER COMPRESSOR PUMP TANK 650 PRD EQUIPMENT CYL TUBE/NS PIPE PIPE-1 PIPE-2 PIPE-4 PIPE-6 PIPE-8 PIPE-10 PIPE-12 PIPE-16 PRD Equipment PIPE-1 PIPE-2 PIPE-4 PIPE-6 PIPE-8 PIPE-10 PIPE-12 PIPE-16 CYL CYL CYL CYL CYL CYL ELB ELB ELB ----PLATE--SPH SPH --------HEM HEM --------ELL ELL --------TOR TOR --------CON CON --------NOZ NOZ ------Notes: The Component Type is used to determine parameters stored in the Component Form. these parameters are sent to the FORTRAN calculation routine Proprietary and Confidential .Doc 7. Inc. The permissible Geometry Types are a function of the Equipment Type Table 2. .Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 125 of 301 No.1. these parameters are sent to the FORTRAN calculation routine Note that Equipment Type=PIPE BEND has been deleted.3 CHOICE LIST DEPENDENCIES • • • The permissible Component Types are a function of the Equipment Type Table 1. File API-RBI User Guide.20. Table 1 Permissible Component Types for Each Equipment Type HEAT VESSEL COMPRESSOR PUMP TANK 650 EXCHANGER COLTOP HEXSS COMPC PUMP1S TANKBOTTOM COLMID HEXTS COMPR PUMP2S COURSE 1 – 10 COLBTM HEXTUBE --PUMPR DRUM --------FILTER --------FINFAN --------KODRUM --------REACTOR --------- PIPE PIPE-1 PIPE-2 PIPE-4 PIPE-6 PIPE-8 PIPE-10 PIPE-12 PIPE-16 PIPE PIPE GT 16 ----------PIPE GT 16 GT 16 --------------COLMID --------------DRUM --------------REACTOR Notes: The Component Type is used to determine parameters stored in the Component Form. The geometry parameters that are listed on the component form are a function of Equipment Type and the Geometry Type are a function of the Equipment Type Table 3.

Equity Engineering Group. .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 126 of 301 No.Doc Geometry Type CYL ELB SPH HEM ELL TOR CON NOZ PLATE Table 3 Geometry Parameters based on Equipment Type and Geometry Type Equipment Type TUBE/N HEAT PIPE VESSEL COMPRESSOR PUMP TANK 650 S PIPE EXCHANGER Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter (ID) Diameter (ID) (OD) (ID) (ID) (ID) (ID) Length Length Length Length Length Length Height Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter (ID) (OD) (ID) (ID) Length ------Length Length Length Volume Volume Volume Volume Diameter Diameter (ID) ----------(ID) Volume Volume Diameter Diameter (ID) ----------(ID) Volume Volume Diameter Diameter (ID) (ID) Major-toMajor-to----Minor Axis ------Minor Axis Ratio Ratio Volume Volume Diameter Diameter (ID) (ID) Crown Crown Radius ----(IR) -------Radius Knuckle (IR) Knuckle Volume Volume Diameter Diameter (ID) (ID) Length Length ----------Cone Cone Angle Volume Angle Volume Diameter Diameter (ID) (ID) Length ----------Length Volume Volume ------------Diameter PRD EQUIPMENT Diameter(ID) Length Volume --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- Proprietary and Confidential . File API-RBI User Guide. Inc.

20.Equity Engineering Group. Button to Access the Materials DataBase 3. Select Specific Material From the BM Design Code List Click OK 5. .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 127 of 301 No. Base Material must be added before a cladding material is added. Inc. Base Material Has to be Saved and Refreshed before the Material:Base Field Elements will be Updated 6. Design Code MUST Match Equipment Design Code 4.1. If Thickness is Input a Base Material Must Be Selected 2.4 SELECTING BASE AND/OR CLADDING MATERIALS 1. Select the Get BM Matl. 7. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc 7. Selecting a Cladding Material uses the Same Procedure as Selecting a Base Material Proprietary and Confidential .

. In most cases.Doc 7.20. All calculations are provided for active bundles. Access to the seed database is controlled by the user's licensing options for the program. File API-RBI User Guide.Note that the local reliability database can be supplemented with a seed database. Inc. Bundle_Status = Select active or inactive. Inactive bundles are past bundles that have been removed from service.20. however. however. Bundle_Install_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the bundle was installed in the exchanger. Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group.2 GENERAL TAB – TUBE BUNDLE 7. These bundles appear on the navigation tree.2. risk calculations are not performed for these bundles.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 128 of 301 No. there are some cases where a specific bundle's inspection history is not usable and therefore should not become part of the reliability database. Note that this is the install date for the active bundle not necessarily the original install date for the exchanger. Failure data for these bundles are included in the local reliability database and form the basis for the pof/weibull calculations. Active Bundles are those bundles currently in service. this flag should be set to Yes.1 FIELD HELP – TUBE BUNDLE Flow_Order_No = Process Flow Order Number (Optional Input) Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Type = The Component Type of the Component based upon the Equipment_Type Activate = Option to utilize this bundle's data as part of pof/weibull calculation.

Equity Engineering Group. Internal Finned Tube.165 0. (ie number of holes in the tubesheet. CEN. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. SA-213-T9. SA-179. Vapor Cooler. SA-106-B. Select from: None. Vapor/Vapor Heat Exchanger Orientation = Select heat exchanger orientation: horizontal or vertical TEMA_Type = Select type of TEMA Heat Exchanger. Furnished_Thickness = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. AEU. OD. BEU.095 0. AGS. Brown Fintube. Liquid Steam Heater. then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations For component_type = HEXTUBE. Select from: Comp Discharge & Interstage Coolers.769 2. Product Cooler.) Thickness (mm) 8 10 11 12 13 14 16 18 20 0. SA-213-T11. SA-214.083 0.049 0. SB-111 Proprietary and Confidential . AJS. NKN.109 0. Plate & Frame Shell Diameter = (in:mm) Diameter of Shell. Vapor Condenser. use the table below and enter the tube thickness. File API-RBI User Guide. SA-199-T11. Number_Of_Passes = Number of tubeside passes. SA-213-TP316. (Optional Input) See Geometry Parameters for more details For tube bundles (component_type = HEXTUBE) enter the straight length of the tube. AHS. HSRG/Waste Heat Boiler.120 0.245 0. SA-213-T5. Note for U-tube bundles this is the number of straight tubes. AET.413 2. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified. ID.134 0.035 4.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 129 of 301 No. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select type of TEMA Heat Exchanger. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. component_type = HEXTUBE. Tube_Type = Type of Tube used in bundle Options are: Plain. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. HT Feed/Effluent Exchanger. BFU. BXU. NEN. SA-249-TP316. CEU. SA-199-T5. This value along with tube length and tube metallurgy is used to estimate the cost of the tube bundle if bundle cost is not entered on the component setting tab. AKT.191 3. . BKU. BJU. AJU. BWG Thickness (in. Lube Oil/Seal Oil Exchanger.) Tube OD = (in : mm) Outside Diameter of Tubes Length = (ft : M) Component length that is used to compute the component volume. AEL.404 3. External Finned Tube. Select from: Unknown. AGU. Tube_Coating = Select the location of any tube coatings.651 1. Select from: Unknown. BEM. CFU. Steam Generator. Process Liquid Water Cooler. Vaporizer. SA-213-TP316L. Twisted Tube Tube_Quantity = Number of tubes.108 1. Steam Reboiler.065 0. This value along with shell diameter and tube metallurgy is used to estimate the cost of the tube bundle if bundle cost is not entered on the component setting tab. AES.048 2.889 Tube_Material_Spec = Tube Material Spec. AHU. Reheater. SA-268-TP430. Liquid/Liquid Heat Exchanger. AKU. Vapor Steam Heater.Doc Exchanger_Type = Type of service for Bundle. Both U-Tube PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) For tube bundles. this is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. SA-249-TP304. SA-213-TP304. Inc.

This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. 70/30 CuNi.Copper-Other.25Cr. Carbon Steel.70/30 CuNi. Alloy 825. SA-516-70. 90/10 CuNi. 904L. 317L. Alloy 625.25Cr. Red Brass. 439 SS. Single Segmental. SA-182-F1.Doc Tube_Material = Generic Tube Material. 410SS. 2.Nickel 200. 304L/321/347.Alloy C276. 439 SS.Admiralty Brass. 16.2205 Duplex SS.Red Brass. Select from : Unknown.12Cr. SA-350-LF2.Aluminum Alloy. 5Cr. 430SS. Seal Welded. 16. C-1/2 Mo.1Cr. SA-182-F316. SA-182-F304. Red Brass. Plastic. Alloy 625.304/309/310. 316L. Aluminum Alloy. Carbon Steel. Bimetallic.Alloy 825. Admiralty Brass.1. Titanium Gr.Aluminum Brass. Alloy 20Cb3. 1. Strength Welded Baffle_Type = Type of Baffle. Alloy 825. Aluminum Brass. 12. Nickel 200. SA-675-70. SA-182-F22.9Cr.2. Muntz. Copper-other.Equity Engineering Group. 304/309/310. AL6XN/254 SMO. SA-212-B FBX. Titanium Gr. TSHT_Material = Generic Tubesheet Material. 304L/321/347.2507 Duplex SS.90/10 CuNi.Zirconium Alloy. SA-240TP304. Rod Baffle Proprietary and Confidential .Titanium Gr. 2.316L.C-1/2 Mo. 316. SA-182-F11. 12Cr. Zirconium Alloy T_Cladding_Material = Generic Tubesheet Cladding Material. Sea-Cure/E-Brite. Titanium Gr. Nickel 200. Options are: Unknown. 444 SS. Yes.1Cr.25Cr. 2205 Duplex SS. SA-240-TP321. Plastic.Plastic. Alloy C276. No Found on TEMA datasheet Tube_Joint_Design = Select tube joint design : Unknown. 9Cr. Zeron 100. 2304 Duplex SS. Muntz. SB-171.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 130 of 301 No.25Cr.Alloy 600. Monel 400. Double segmental. C-1/2 Mo. Alloy 800. SA-240-316L. 410SS. Ferralium 255. 2. 317L.Titanium Gr.Non-Metallic Coating.2304 Duplex SS. Aluminum Alloy. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. 316L. Aluminum Brass. 70/30 CuNi. Admiralty Brass. . Alloy 20Cb3. Ceramic.904L. SA-182-F9.AL6XN. Ceramic. SA-182-F5. Select from : Unknown. Triple segmental. SA-105-N.25Cr. 430 SS. Inc.25 Cr. Monel 400. 316. Alloy 600.439 SS. Titanium Gr.Titanium Gr. 5Cr. Select from : Unknown. 2507 Duplex SS. Rolled. SA-105-II. SA-204-B. SA-266-II. Zirconium Alloy. File API-RBI User Guide. 2205 Duplex SS. SA-515-70. 9Cr. Alloy 600. Select from Unknown. 304/309/310.5Cr. 2. 1. 12Cr. 90/10 CuNi. Other. 12. SA-285-C.Sea-Cure/E-Brite. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases.317L. NoneCarbon Steel. AL6XN.304L/321/347.430 SS. 1Cr.Monel 400. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases.Alloy 20Cb3. 2. Other TSHT_Material_Spec = Tubesheet Material Spec. Alloy 800.Alloy 625. 904L. Alloy C276.Alloy 800.Other Impingement_Plate = Flag to indicated presence of impingment plate: Unknown.

API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 131 of 301 No.Original Consequence Model Proprietary and Confidential .20. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc 7.3 Operating Condition Tab .Equity Engineering Group. . Inc.

Low Pressure required Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Normal pressure for the conditions. required Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature for the conditions. Operating Pressure is used in calculations.Doc 7. H2. The default is 70. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Shutdown. TDI. ACID-LP. EO. File API-RBI User Guide. CO.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 132 of 301 No. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal. Inc. HF. AMMONIA. High Temperature.1 Field Help -Operating Conditions Tab Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. required Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal. Startup. etc. EO.4. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. HCL. Or Upset Conditions Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing to remove residual caustic) required Process_Fluid = Fluid Model Identification (Such as C1-C2. .) required Original Consequence Model Only Proprietary and Confidential . If it is not provided Design Pressure used. H2S. Low Temperature. or Powder] required Original Consequence Model Only Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Hydrogen_Partial_Pres = (psig : MPa) Hydrogen Partial Pressure is only used for assessment of High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) required Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S.Equity Engineering Group. for example: Normal.4 Operating Condition Tab .20. Shutdown. CL.New Consequence Model 7.) required Initial_Fluid_Phase = Fluid Steady-State Operating Phase [Gas (default).20. Liquid. High Pressure. Or Upset Conditions.0 F. PO. Startup. NO2. etc. C3-C4.

API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 133 of 301 No.0. File API-RBI User Guide.9. otherwise. Inc.Equity Engineering Group.5. it is computed using Paragraph 7. .Doc Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) Original Consequence Model Only Toxic_Duration = (min : min) The specified Duration of Toxic Release Event is used if it is GT 0.3 of the BRD (Minutes) Original Consequence Model Only Operating_Conditions_Comments = Analyst comments (Optional Input) Proprietary and Confidential .

Lube Plant. Select from: Unknown. there are some instances. Catalytic Reforming (Fixed Bed). Selective Hydrogenation Unit (SHU). Caustic Treating (Merox).Doc 7. Vacuum Unit. Sulfolane. Partial Oxidation. Catalytic Reforming (CCR).20. Amine Treating. Tail Gas Treater (SCOT/Stretford/Wellman-Lord/others). LPG Refrigeration. tubeside and shellside units may be different. tubeside and shellside process units will be the same. Fluid Coker. Sour Water Stripper. Cooling Tower Water. where different process units may be entered. Cumene. File API-RBI User Guide. Crude Distillation Unit. Sulfuric Acid Alkylation. Inc. Sulfur Recovery Unit. Delayed Coker. Hydrotreater (Desulferizer/Hydrocracker 1st Stage). Ether Plant (MTBE/TAME).other TS_Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Tubeside Operating Pressure TS_Inlet_Temperature = (°F : °C) Tubeside Inlet Temperature TS_Outlet_Temperature = (°F : °C) Tubeside Outlet Temperature Proprietary and Confidential . Hydrocracker (2st Stage).1 Field Help -Operating Conditions Tab –Tube Bundle TS_Process_Unit = This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases.Equity Engineering Group. Polymerization. Sulfuric Acid Plant. Gas Separation (nitrogen/oxygen). Additionally. In general. Aromatics Recovery (Solvent Extraction/Toluene Dealkylation). such as when the user wants to track bundles in a cooling water system.5 Operating Condition Tab – Tube Bundle 7. Distillate Fractionator. Amine Regeneration. Cooling Water . HF Alkylation. in tighly integrated units.20.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 134 of 301 No. Sat Gas Plant. Isomerization. However. Unsat Gas Plant (FCC GasCon). Hydrogen Reforming. Thermal cracking (Visbreaker). . Dimersol. Fluid Catalytic Cracking.5.

other SS_Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Shellside Operating Pressure SS_Inlet_Temperature = (°F : °C) Shellside Inlet Temperature SS_Outlet_Temperature = (°F : °C) Shellside Outlet Temperature SS_Fluid_Name = Shellside Fluid Select from all original fluids as well as fluids defined with the fluid designer SS_Fluid_Category = Select from :Unknown. Light Distillate (Kero/#1 oil/Jet). Vacuum residue (#6 Oil/Bunker). Lean Amine. Inc. HF Alkylation. Sulfuric Acid.Doc TS_Fluid_Name = Tubeside Fluid Select from all original fluids as well as fluids defined with the fluid designer TS_Fluid_Category = Select from :Unknown. where different process units may be entered. tubeside and shellside process units will be the same. Visbreaker residue (FCC Slurry/MF bottoms). Liquid. Sludge (API Separator Btms). Sulfur Liquid. Phosphoric Acid".non-corrosive. Sulfolane. CO2 SS_Fluid_Phase = Shellside Fluid phase : Unknown. Steam/Condensate. Light crude feed. Hydrofluoric Acid. . In general. LPG (propane/butane). Medium Distillate (Diesel/LGO/LCO/#3 oil/coker gas oil). Visbreaker residue (FCC Slurry/MF bottoms). Gas. Sour Water. Air. Caustic Solution. Sulfuric Acid Alkylation. Catalytic Reforming (CCR). File API-RBI User Guide. Sour Water. Olefins (propylene/butylene/amylene). Crude Distillation Unit. Two Phase TS_Calculated_Phase = % Liquid as calculated for the specific fluid composition. Tempered water/non-corrosive liquid. Hydrocracker (2st Stage). <li>Other Acid. Sulfuric Acid Plant. Amine Regeneration. Aromatics Recovery (Solvent Extraction/Toluene Dealkylation).Heavy crude feed. Thermal cracking (Visbreaker). Cooling Tower Water. Partial Oxidation. H2S. Additionally. Well water. Sulfur Liquid. Sour Water Stripper. SS_Process_Unit = This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Acid Gas (Tail Gas). Gas. tubeside and shellside units may be different. Delayed Coker. in tighly integrated units. Selective Hydrogenation Unit (SHU). Heavy Distillate (AGO/HGO/HCO). Hydrofluoric Acid. Two Phase Proprietary and Confidential . Sea water. Air. Severe TS_Design_Tube_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity. Sludge (API Separator Btms). Spent Caustic. Waste Water. Ethylene. Olefins (propylene/butylene/amylene). Waste Water. at the Operating Temperature and Pressure TS_Fouling_Severity Measure of the propensity of the Tubeside fluid to foul.corrosive. Medium Distillate (Diesel/LGO/LCO/#3 oil/coker gas oil).corrosive. Syngas.non-corrosive. Atmospheric resid. Lube oil (seal oil). <li>Other Acid. Gas Separation (nitrogen/oxygen). Cooling Tower Water. Heavy Distillate (AGO/HGO/HCO). Crude tower overheads. Brackish water. LPG (propane/butane). Steam/Condensate. Select from : Unknown. Alcohols (methanol/ethanol). Distillate Fractionator. Ethers (MTBE/TAME). Cooling Water . Fluid Coker. Gasoline (naphtha/pentane/hexane/heptane/LSR/Polymerate/hydrocrackate/isomerate/reformate/alkylate) . Light crude feed. Lube Plant. Cooling Tower Water. Atmospheric resid. Syngas. Cumene. Rich Amine. BFW. Catalytic Reforming (Fixed Bed). there are some instances. Light Distillate (Kero/#1 oil/Jet). Tail Gas Treater (SCOT/Stretford/Wellman-Lord/others). Sat Gas Plant. Rich Amine. Isomerization. H2S.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 135 of 301 No. Hydrogen Reforming. Polymerization. Ether Plant (MTBE/TAME). Caustic Treating (Merox). Vacuum residue (#6 Oil/Bunker). Gasoline (naphtha/pentane/hexane/heptane/LSR/Polymerate/hydrocrackate/isomerate/reformate/alkylate) . Vacuum Unit. CO2 TS_Fluid_Phase = Tubeside Fluid phase : Unknown. Hydrotreater (Desulferizer/Hydrocracker 1st Stage). Hydrogen. River water. Sulfuric Acid. Liquid. Sea water. Benfield or other non-amine based acid gas removal. Amine Treating. None. Fuel gas (ethane/methane/LNG). LPG Refrigeration. Spent Caustic. Sulfur Recovery Unit.Heavy crude feed. Tempered water/non-corrosive liquid. Moderate. Select from: Unknown. Cooling Tower Water. Brackish water. Cooling Tower Water. Dimersol. Alcohols (methanol/ethanol). Inert Gas. Hydrogen.Equity Engineering Group. Mild. Acid Gas (Tail Gas). However. Crude tower overheads. Unsat Gas Plant (FCC GasCon). such as when the user wants to track bundles in a cooling water system. BFW. Phosphoric Acid". Caustic Solution. Lube oil (seal oil). Inert Gas. Benfield or other non-amine based acid gas removal. Lean Amine. Fuel gas (ethane/methane/LNG). Ethers (MTBE/TAME). Well water. Ethylene. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. River water. Fluid Catalytic Cracking.

at the Operating Temperature and Pressure SS_Fouling_Severity = Measure of the propensity of the Shellside fluid to foul. Inc. Proprietary and Confidential . None. Mild.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 136 of 301 No. Select from : Unknown. File API-RBI User Guide. . This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Severe SS_Design_Tube_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity.Doc SS_Calculated_Phase = % Liquid as calculated for the specific fluid composition. Moderate.Equity Engineering Group.

6 Operating Condition Tab – Tank 7. H2.) required Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) Toxic_Duration = (min : min) The specified Duration of Toxic Release Event is used if it is GT 0. CL. PO. etc. Or Upset Conditions. NO2.5.20. required Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 137 of 301 No. it is computed using Paragraph 7. Shutdown. Shutdown. Startup.0 F. C3-C4.3 of the BRD (Minutes) Operating_Conditions_Comments = Analyst comments (Optional Input) Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. EO. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal. The default is 70. H2S. ACID-LP. . AMMONIA. or Powder] required Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Hydrogen_Partial_Pres = (psig : MPa) Hydrogen Partial Pressure is only used for assessment of High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) required Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S.0. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Inc. Liquid.Tank Tank_OMFH = (ft : m) Tank Operating Fill Height Tank_OSG = Tank Operating Specific Gravity Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature for the conditions. CO. HF. File API-RBI User Guide. otherwise.) required Initial_Fluid_Phase = Fluid Steady-State Operating Phase [Gas (default). TDI.7 Field Help -Operating Conditions Tab . etc. EO.9. Startup. HCL. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.Doc 7. Or Upset Conditions Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing to remove residual caustic) required Process_Fluid = Fluid Model Identification (Such as C1-C2.20.

Component Settings Tab Consequence_Modeler_Flag = Flag to indicate if ORIGINAL or NEW consequence model is to be used.1 to 100) or computed if not specified.Equity Engineering Group. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with default value = 550. Default = ORIGINAL. DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a Default value = 0. while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date required Plan_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Global Settings field for Inspection Plan. The Computed value of MSMF is based on the Management Systems Evaluation Score (MS_SCORE) from Figure 8-5 in the BRD Management_Score = Score on the Management Systems Evaluation (MS_SCORE) (Optional Input with a default value = 0. Inc. MSMF can be specified (with an input value ranging from 0. Changing the Consequence Model flag from Original to New.0) Environmental_Cost = ($/day :$/day) The Cost associated with Environmental Cleanup. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value of 2. RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Component_Setting = The unique description of this component or global setting required Available_External_Environment = The Environmental Driver for External Corrosion required Management_Factor = The Management System Modification Factor (MSMF).0) Population_Density = (person/ft² : person/m²) Population Density. Date and Plan.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 138 of 301 No. . File API-RBI User Guide.0) Proprietary and Confidential .Doc 7.0001) Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options.8 Component Settings Tab 7.000. Toxic Model and Toxic Percent for each component. causes the creation of new fluids to represent the fluids.0) Equipment_Cost = ($/ft² : $/m²) The Cost for Affected Area. Injury_Cost = ($ :$) The Cost for a Personnel Injury.000.20.9 Field Help .20. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 0.

this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions.000. The Target Area Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. Required if inspection plan basis is financial Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) For Component_Type=HEXTUBE.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide. the maximum inspection Interval = 25 years.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 139 of 301 No.Doc Production_Cost = ($/day : $/day) The Cost associated with Production Loss. The Target Financial Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. . Required if inspection plan basis is area Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year :$/year) The Global Settings field for the Target Financial Risk (the financial risk for establishing a future inspection date). DF_Target = Damage Factor Target Proprietary and Confidential .0) Analysis_Modification = Brief Description of Analysis Modification Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining the next Inspection date [Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk] required Area_Risk_Target = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The Global Settings field for the Target Area Risk (the area risk for establishing a future inspection date). Target Area Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = area. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 100. Target Financial Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE. this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE. Inc.

0001) Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options.0) Equipment_Cost = ($/ft² : $/m²) The Cost for Affected Area.0) Proprietary and Confidential .20. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value of 2.11 Field Help . MSMF can be specified (with an input value ranging from 0. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a Default value = 0. File API-RBI User Guide. For tank components only the ORIGINAL consequence model can be used. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with default value = 550. Injury_Cost = ($ :$) The Cost for a Personnel Injury.10 Component Settings Tab – Tank 7. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 0.Doc 7. while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date required Plan_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Global Settings field for Inspection Plan. Date and Plan. Default = ORIGINAL. .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 140 of 301 No. DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information. Inc.0) Environmental_Cost = ($/day :$/day) The Cost associated with Environmental Cleanup. The Computed value of MSMF is based on the Management Systems Evaluation Score (MS_SCORE) from Figure 8-5 in the BRD Management_Score = Score on the Management Systems Evaluation (MS_SCORE) (Optional Input with a default value = 0.Equity Engineering Group.1 to 100) or computed if not specified.20.Component Settings Tab – Tank Consequence_Modeler_Flag = Flag to indicate if ORIGINAL or NEW consequence model is to be used.0) Population_Density = (person/ft² : person/m²) Population Density.000.000. RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Available_External_Environment = The Environmental Driver for External Corrosion required Management_Factor = The Management System Modification Factor (MSMF).

If tank is welded factor is 1 if the tank is riveted the factor is 10.Equity Engineering Group.000. if API653 is not used the factor is 5. Required if inspection plan basis is area Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year :$/year) The Global Settings field for the Target Financial Risk (the financial risk for establishing a future inspection date). Tank Settlement Flag = Options are API653OK . Very Fine Sand. The Target Financial Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. Tank_Welded_Flag = Flag to indicate if tank is welded or not. If API653 is used the factor is 1.Evaluated per API653 and ok. Concrete Tank_Release_Prevent_Flag = Flag to indicate if tank has a leak prevention barrier Tank_Product_Leave_Dike = Percentage of Product that would escape the Dike Tank_Product_Leave_Dike_On = Percentage of Product that leaves the dike that contaminates on site soil (within the boundary of the facilty) Tank_Product_Leave_Dike_Off = Percentage of Product that leaves the dike that contaminates off site soil (outside the boundary of the facilty) Tank_Distance_Ground_Water = ( ft : m) Shortest measured or minimum vertical distance from tank floor to ground water Proprietary and Confidential . Silt. The Target Area Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. Sandy Clay. Medium. Fine Sand. Inc. or High. this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. Target Financial Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection).Doc Production_Cost = ($/day : $/day) The Cost associated with Production Loss. API653NG Evaluated per API653 and not good. Choices are Coarse Sand. Tank_Soil_Type = Foundation Soil Type. the maximum inspection Interval = 25 years. Each soil type has a specific permeability to various fluids. Never Evaluated. Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 141 of 301 No. Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE. this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. Required if inspection plan basis is financial Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) For Component_Type=HEXTUBE. Asphalt-Concrete. DF_Target = Damage Factor Target Tank_Environ_Sensitivity = Select Low. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 100. . Clay. Tank_API653_Flag = Flag to indicate if tank is maintained according to API653.0) Analysis_Modification = Brief Description of Analysis Modification Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining the next Inspection date [Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk] required Area_Risk_Target = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The Global Settings field for the Target Area Risk (the area risk for establishing a future inspection date). Target Area Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = area. Determines the expected cost factor per barrel of spilled fluid for environmental clean up in worst case scenario. File API-RBI User Guide.

Bundle 7.Doc 7. the default date is RBI Date plus the maximum inspection interval. For tube bundles.e. component_type = HEXTUBE. Bundle_Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year) User bundle financial risk tolerance. Inspections are recommended. Inc. i.20. For Component_Type = HEXTUBE (Tube Bundle) only the plan option is available. to maintan the calculated risk at or below the specified target risk. This value is used to determine the target date. the date where the calculated bundle risk exceeds the financial risk target. DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information. Plan_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Plan_Date = In PLAN mode. this is the date supplied by the user for which an inspection plan is calculated. PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 142 of 301 No. Date and Plan. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group.12 Component SettingsTab .13 Field Help – Bundle Component Settings Tab RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options.20. Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) Proprietary and Confidential . .

Required if Production Impact set to Bypass with Rate Reduction Planned_SD = Number of days required to repair or replace failed exchanger bundle when the shutdown is planned.0. if the cost to replace a bundle is $100. Default is 0. Inc. Default is 0.5 Proprietary and Confidential . This should typically be a longer duration than a planned shutdown to allow for lead time to mobilize or to purchase a replacement bundle. Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 <br>For Component_Type=HEXTUBE.000 and the user requires a 25% Hurdle Rate (ROI). File API-RBI User Guide. This value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to determine the optimal bundle replacement frequency. this value can be used to enter the costs associated with damage to cooling towers resulting from bundle failures. this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions.0).Equity Engineering Group. Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 <br>For Component_Type=HEXTUBE. the software will recommend bundle replacement when the risk savings exceeds $125. this value will be estimated based on the size and metallurgy of the tube bundle. This is only used in the CBA. this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. (Optional input with a default value = 100. clean. Lost_Opportunity = $ Additional cost beyond production losses or environmental costs as a result of bundle failure.Shutdown Rate_Cut = Percentage reduction in capacity as a result of bypassing a heat exchanger for repair or bundle replacement. .0 and 1. If not input by the user.000. Bundle_Cost = $ Cost of replacement bundle. Bypass.000. For example.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 143 of 301 No.0) Production_Impact = Select type of impact for bundle leak: None.Doc Production_Cost = ($/day) The Cost associated with Production Losses. For example. Environmental_Impact = Environmental costs associated with bundle failure. and re-install exchanger bundle Hurdle_Cost = % This is the rate (Return on Investment) above the economic break even point at which a decision to inspect or replace a bundle is made. (days) Unplanned_SD = Number of days required to repair or replace failed exchanger bundle when the shutdown is unplanned (days). Bundle_Install_Cost = $ Cost of maintenance required to remove. Tube_Wall_Failure_Fraction = Define the fraction of wall thickness that constitutes bundle failure (number between 0. Bypass with Rate Reduction.

Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 144 of 301 No.20. Inc.Doc 7. File API-RBI User Guide. .14 Volume and Mass Tab Proprietary and Confidential .

Equity Engineering Group. Percent_Liquid_Volume = When a value is entered here. File API-RBI User Guide.3.2 Field Help .0 is entered.1 Volumes If the percent liquid is not supplied for a component. Calculated_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) The calculated component vapor volume based on the total volume of the component and the Percent Liquid Volume = Volume x (1 .20. Calculated_Pct_Liquid_Volume = The value calculated here is provided when the NEW consequence modeler is selected on the Component Setting tab. Inc.14.2 of Part 3 Annex A of API RP581 will be used.Percent Liquid Volume)/100 Calculated_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) The calculated component liquid volume based on the total volume of the component and the Percent Liquid Volume = Volume x Percent Liquid Volume/100 Proprietary and Confidential .20. this mass will be utilized by the program as the inventory mass. then the following values are used. it will be used by the software.Doc 7. the default values per Table A.Volume & Mass Tab Total Estimated Mass = (lbm : kg) When a value is entered here by the User. If this is left blank or a value of 0. Volume = (ft3 : m3) The component total volume is calculated based on the component geometry.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 145 of 301 No.14. . Table 4 Default % Liquid Component Type % Liquid Default PIPE-1 100% PIPE-2 100% PIPE-4 100% PIPE-6 100% PIPE-8 100% PIPE-10 100% PIPE-12 100% PIPE-16 100% PIPE-16 GT 16 100% COLTOP 25% COLMID 25% COLBTM 37% DRUM 50% FILTER 100% FINFAN 25% KODRUM 10% REACTOR 15% HEXSS 50% HEXTS 25% HEXTUBE 25% COMPC 0% COMPR 0% PUMP1S 100% PUMP2S 100% PUMPR 100% TANKBOTTOM 100% COURSE 100% 7. Calculated values provided elsewhere on the screen are provided for informational purposes only.

Total Calculated Mass = (lbm : kg) This is the calculated fluid mass of the component. When the NEW consequence modeler is selected. . Inc. the software calculates the density based on the operating conditions and the fluid composition entered by the User.2 of Part 3 of API RP581.Doc Est_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Estimated Component Vapor Volume is used in the calculations only if input is GT 0. Proprietary and Confidential . Component_Liquid_Density = (lbm/ft3 : Kg/m3) The calculated liquid density. This value will be used by the software.0 Component_Vapor_Density = (lbm/ft3 : Kg/m3) The calculated vapor density. the software calculates the density based on the operating conditions and the fluid composition entered by the User. only when a estimated value (Total Estimated Value) has not been entered by the User.0 Est_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Estimated Component Liquid Volume is used in the calculations only if input is GT 0.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 146 of 301 No. the liquid density comes from Table 5.Equity Engineering Group. When the OLD consequence modeler is selected on the Component Setting tab. When the OLD consequence modeler is selected on the Component Setting tab. When the NEW consequence modeler is selected. File API-RBI User Guide. the vapor density is calculated assuming the Ideal Gas Law using the molecular weight (from Table 5.2 of Part 3 of API RP581) and the operating pressure and temperature of the fluid.

The selected filter are on the right.20. The filters appear in the panel on the left. Inc. Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 147 of 301 No.Doc 7.Equity Engineering Group. .15 Bundle Filter This tab is used to select the criteria that will be applied to the reliability database to create the set of bundle data used for the weibull analysis. Use the + to add a filter that matches the current bundle. File API-RBI User Guide.

. The same filter can be added multiple times Use the X to remove 1 filter and the XX to remove all applied filters.Doc Use the +Edit button to add a of criterion but change the value used in for the filter.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 148 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide. Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. Inc.

Doc Once a satisfactory set of filters have been applied. The seleced criteria will be applied to the reliability database and a weibull statistical analysis will be performed. The bundles included in the cut set can be reviewed by pressing the Bundle Matches button. . File API-RBI User Guide. and the Weibull calculations to be preformed.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 149 of 301 No. Proprietary and Confidential . The Component must be saved for the filters to be applied. the Bundle Matches to be updated. Inc. save the component.Equity Engineering Group.

20. . File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 150 of 301 No.Doc 7. Inc.Equity Engineering Group.16 Weibull Plot Proprietary and Confidential .

and Corrosion Probes. Options are None. 7. Base or Clad rates are shown based on the presence of a Base or Clad Material. Corrosion Coupons. Corrosion Probes. C: Corrosion Coupons.1 Thinning Tab 7.21 Thinning Damage Mechanism Form This form presents the following groups of information: • Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column. . KC and P :Key Process.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. • Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen.1. Online_Monitoring = Type of On-Line Monitoring.Equity Engineering Group. PC: Corrosion Probes.Doc 7. • Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column. Corrosion Coupons Injection_Point_Flag = Option Flag to indicate an Injection Point. a point where a chemical (including water) is being added to the main flow stream Injection_Point_Inspection_Flag = Option Flag to indicate an Injection Point Effective Inspection [an injection point is a point where a chemical (including water) is being added to the main flow stream] Proprietary and Confidential . • Base and Cladding Material Corrosion Rates in the center column.21.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 151 of 301 No. KP: Key Process. Inc. P:Corrosion Probes. K:Key Process.KC :Key Process and Corrosion Coupons.21. File API-RBI User Guide. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database.

Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. The Thinning Mechanism. Deadleg is defined as a section of piping or piping circuit that is used only during intermittent service such as start-ups. Thinning Type will be computed based on the value of Governing Thinning Mechanism (MECH_THIN) and Table G-5 of the BRD. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Sour Water Corrosion. The Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. H2S/H2 Corrosion. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. BM_Corrosion_Rate = Option Flag to indicate How the Base Material Corrosion Rate is Computed BM_Estimated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Estimated Corrosion Rate BM_Measured_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Measured Corrosion Rate (Optional Input) BM_Calculated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Calculated Corrosion Rate CM_Corrosion_Rate = Option Flag to indicate How the Clad Material Corrosion Rate is Computed CM_Estimated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Clad Material Estimated Corrosion Rate CM_Measured_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Clad Material Measured Corrosion Rate (Optional Input) CM_Calculated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Clad Material Calculated Corrosion Rate 7. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. Soil/Underground. Sour Water Corrosion. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. HCL Corrosion. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Amine Corrosion. shutdowns. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Acid Sour Water. File API-RBI User Guide. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. It can be specified. H2S/H2 Corrosion. Amine Corrosion.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. typically the commissioning date of the unit Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding.21. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure.Doc Deadleg_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Deadleg. CO2. BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. HF Corrosion. HF Corrosion. or regeneration cycles rather than continuous service Deadleg_Inspection = Option Flag to indicate Deadleg Point Effective Inspection Thinning_Type = The Thinning Type (General or Local) It is needed for the Inspection Effectiveness Tables G-6A And G-6B In The BRD. . Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified. Cooling Water. HCL Corrosion. Soil/Underground. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Cooling Water. Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date. then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Damage Type Proprietary and Confidential . If it is not specified. CO2. Inc. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion.1.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 152 of 301 No. Acid Sour Water.Equity Engineering Group. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 153 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. 7.21.1.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.21.1.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 154 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.21.1.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the commissioning date of the unit Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Damage Type Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 155 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. 7.21.1.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 156 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.21.2 Thinning Supplemental Tab If the corrosion rate for either Base Material or Clad Material is selected as CALCULATED, there will be a CALC button for BM or CM CORROSION calculations on the screen. If you select a Calculated Corrosion Rate for either Base Material or Clad Material then save the Damage Form BEFORE pressing either CALC button. If both a base and a cladding thickness are specified then all types supplemental thinning are enabled.
Amine H2S/H2 HCL HF High Temp Oxidation CS LC HC HA NF Sour Water CS LC Sulfuric Acid CS LC HA Sulfidic Napthenic Acid CS LC HC HA NF Acid Sour Water CS CO2 Cooling Water CS LC Soil Underground CS LC Tank Floor

CS LC HA

CS LC HA

CS LC HC HA NF

CS NF

CS LC

CS – Carbon Steels LC – Low Chrome Steels HC – High Chrome Steels HA – High Alloy NF – Non Ferrous The type of Corrosion as well as the specific data requirements for each corrosion type are entered on this form.. • Operating Conditions • Corrosion Supplement Active: The thinning supplement flag is set to No as a default. If the user changes the flag to Yes, then the data requirements for that supplement will be checked and the data will be saved. Data Requirements for supplements that are not active, are not checked and are not saved. 1. Amine, 2. H2S/H2, 3. HCL, 4. HF, 5. High Temperature Oxidation, 6. Sour Water, 7. Sulfuric Acid 8. Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid, 9. Acid Sour Water 10. CO2 11. Cooling Water 12. Soil/Underground 13. Tank Floor • Corrosion Input • Results for Base and/or Clad Materials

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.21.2.1 Amine Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 157 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. Corrosion_Type = Type Of Corrosion to be used in the Supplemental Thinning Corrosion Settings BM_Amine_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Amine Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for Amine is Computed) CM_Amine_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Amine Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Amine is Computed) Amine_Type = Amine Type (Monoethanolamine -- MEA, Diethanolamine -- DEA, OR Methyldiethanolamine -- MDEA) HSAH_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Heat Stable Amine Salt concentration (wt%); must be input if Amine Flag = Yes Range is GT= 2.0 to GT 4.0 Amine_Acid_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Acid concentration (wt%) must be input if Amine Calculation indicator is selected. Range is LT= 20.0 wt% for MEA, LT= 30.0 wt% for DEA, or Lt= 50.0 wt% for MDEA Acid_Gas_Loading = (mol :mol) Acid Gas Loading (Mol/mol) must be input if Amine Calculation indicator is selected Range is GT= 0.1 to GT 0.7
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 158 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

BM_Amine_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Amine CM_Amine_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Amine BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. Inc.21.2. The default is 70. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Must be input if H2SH2 Option = YES. File API-RBI User Guide.2 H2S/H2 Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. . Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.002 to GT 1. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Must be input (Naptha. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 159 of 301 No. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.0 F.0 BM_H2S_H2_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for H2SH2 CM_H2S_H2_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for H2SH2 Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. BM_H2S_H2_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material H2SH2 Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for H2SH2 is Computed) CM_H2S_H2_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material H2SH2 Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for H2SH2 is Computed) Hydrocarbon_Type = Type Of Hydrocarbon. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. or Gas Oil) H2S_Conc = (Mole % : Mole %) H2S Concentration.Doc 7. Range is LT 0.

H2S/H2 Corrosion. Acid Sour Water. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. Amine Corrosion. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. Sour Water Corrosion. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Proprietary and Confidential . H2S/H2 Corrosion. Soil/Underground. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. HCL Corrosion. Cooling Water. HCL Corrosion. CO2. File API-RBI User Guide. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. Amine Corrosion. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CO2. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. The Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. HF Corrosion. Inc. HF Corrosion. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. Acid Sour Water. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism.Equity Engineering Group. Cooling Water. . Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. Soil/Underground. Sour Water Corrosion. The Thinning Mechanism.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 160 of 301 No.Doc BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism.

Inc. . The default is 70. File API-RBI User Guide. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Entry must be input ONLY if HCL Corrosion Option = YES for CS and SS Materials.5 wt% to 5 wt%. Operating Pressure is used in calculations.3 HCL Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.02.Doc 7.Equity Engineering Group.2. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Oxidant_Flag = Option Flag to indicate the presence of Air Oxidants Pitting_Flag = Option to account for Pitting BM_HCL_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) Proprietary and Confidential .5 to 8. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. If pH is entered it is used in the calculations.0 F. Range is LT = 0. Range is LT = 0. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. HCL_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) Chloride Concentration.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 161 of 301 No. Must be input if Hydrochloric Acid Option = Yes (HCL FLAG) for high alloy materials. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. BM_HCL_Corrosion_Flag = (mpy : mm/yr) Option Flag to indicate Base Material Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for HCL is Computed) CM_HCL_Corrosion_Flag = (mpy : mm/yr) Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for HCL is Computed) HCL_pH = Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) pH.21. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.

It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. HCL Corrosion. Amine Corrosion. CO2. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. Soil/Underground. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism.Doc CM_HCL_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Sour Water Corrosion. The Thinning Mechanism. HCL Corrosion. Sour Water Corrosion. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism.Equity Engineering Group. H2S/H2 Corrosion. File API-RBI User Guide. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. Cooling Water. H2S/H2 Corrosion. Cooling Water. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Proprietary and Confidential . such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. HF Corrosion. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 162 of 301 No. HF Corrosion. Soil/Underground. Acid Sour Water. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. Acid Sour Water. . Inc. The Thinning Mechanism. CO2. Amine Corrosion.

Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 163 of 301 No. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. The default is 70.0 F. . BM_HF_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material HF Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for HF is Computed) CM_HF_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material HF Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for HFis Computed) Residual_Stress = Option Flag to indicate Residual Stress Aeration = Option Flag to indicate Aeration HF_Acid_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Hydrofluoric Acid Concentration. File API-RBI User Guide. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.4 HF Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.21. Must be input if HF Corrosion is selected.Doc 7.Equity Engineering Group. BM_HF_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for HF CM_HF_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for HF Proprietary and Confidential . Inc. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.2. Range is 0 wt% to GT 80 wt%.

H2S/H2 Corrosion. HCL Corrosion. Soil/Underground. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 164 of 301 No. . Amine Corrosion. HF Corrosion. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. File API-RBI User Guide. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Proprietary and Confidential . Soil/Underground. HCL Corrosion. Acid Sour Water.Doc BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Sour Water Corrosion. H2S/H2 Corrosion. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. Inc. The Thinning Mechanism. CO2. The Thinning Mechanism. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion.Equity Engineering Group. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Cooling Water. Acid Sour Water. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Sour Water Corrosion. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. Amine Corrosion. CO2. Cooling Water. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. HF Corrosion. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate.

. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. File API-RBI User Guide. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.5 High Temperature Oxidation Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. BM_High_Temperature_Oxidation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion (Base Matereial Corrosion Rate for High Temperature Oxidation is Computed) CM_High_Temperature_Oxidation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion (Cladding Matereial Corrosion Rate for High Temperature Oxidation is Computed) BM_High_Temperature_Oxidation_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for High Temperature Oxidation CM_High_Temperature_Oxidation_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for High Temperature Oxidation Proprietary and Confidential .0 F. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.Equity Engineering Group. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Inc.Doc 7.2.21.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 165 of 301 No. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.

Sour Water Corrosion. The Thinning Mechanism. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. Acid Sour Water. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. H2S/H2 Corrosion. Acid Sour Water. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. Soil/Underground. Cooling Water. Inc. Soil/Underground. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. Amine Corrosion. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. CO2. . or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 166 of 301 No. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. Sour Water Corrosion. H2S/H2 Corrosion. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion.Doc BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. CO2. HF Corrosion. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. HCL Corrosion. Cooling Water. Amine Corrosion. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. File API-RBI User Guide. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. HF Corrosion. The Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. HCL Corrosion.

Equity Engineering Group.Doc 7. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.21.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 167 of 301 No. Operating Pressure is used in calculations.0 BM_Sour_Water_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Computed Base Material Sour Water Corrosion Rate CM_Sour_Water_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Computed Cladding Material Sour Water Corrosion Rate Proprietary and Confidential . BM_Sour_Water_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Sour Water Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for Sour Water is Computed) CM_Sour_Water_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Sour Water Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Sour Water is Computed) Kp_NH4HS_Conc = (wt% : wt%) NH4HS Concentration of Condensed Water. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. must be input if Sour Water Corrosion is indicated and NH4HS Concentration is NOT Input Range is LT = 0. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Range is LT 2 wt% to GT 20 wt%. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. The default is 70. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.2.0 F.6 Sour Water Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Inc. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Kp_Factor = Kp Factor. must be entered if Sour Water Corrosion Option = Yes and Kp Factor is NOT input. .07 to = GT 1. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. File API-RBI User Guide.

. Acid Sour Water. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism.Doc BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Acid Sour Water. HF Corrosion. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. HF Corrosion.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 168 of 301 No. The Thinning Mechanism. CO2. Amine Corrosion. CO2. Soil/Underground. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. H2S/H2 Corrosion. HCL Corrosion. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. Cooling Water. Soil/Underground. Inc. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Proprietary and Confidential . The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. H2S/H2 Corrosion. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. The Thinning Mechanism. HCL Corrosion. Amine Corrosion. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Sour Water Corrosion. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion.Equity Engineering Group. Cooling Water. File API-RBI User Guide. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. Sour Water Corrosion.

Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. BM_Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid (SNA) Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for SNA is Computed) CM_Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid (SNA) Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for SNA is Computed) Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Sulfur_Conc = (wt% : wt%) SNA Sulfur Concentration must be input if the Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid Corrosion option is selected TAN = SNA TAN must be input if the Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid Corrosion option is selected. Range is LT= 0.Doc 7.3 to = GT 6. The default is 70. Operating Pressure is used in calculations.0 BM_Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid Corrosion CM_Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid Corrosion Proprietary and Confidential . Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. File API-RBI User Guide. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.7 Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.0 F. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.21. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 169 of 301 No. . then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Inc.2.Equity Engineering Group.

HF Corrosion. Soil/Underground. HCL Corrosion. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. H2S/H2 Corrosion. Soil/Underground.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 170 of 301 No. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Acid Sour Water. Amine Corrosion. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. Acid Sour Water. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. File API-RBI User Guide. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. . Amine Corrosion. CO2. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate.Equity Engineering Group. The Thinning Mechanism. CO2. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. Inc. Sour Water Corrosion. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. HF Corrosion. HCL Corrosion. Cooling Water. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Proprietary and Confidential .Doc BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Cooling Water. Sour Water Corrosion. H2S/H2 Corrosion. The Thinning Mechanism. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate.

BM_Sulfuric_Acid_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Sulfuric Acid Corrosion (SAC . Range is LT 2. Inc.Equity Engineering Group.21. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.8 Sulfuric Acid Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. The default is 70.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 171 of 301 No. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.H2SO4 Corrosion) (Base Material Corrosion Rate for SAC H2SO4 is Computed) CM_Sulfuric_Acid_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Sulfuric Acid Corrosion (SAC -. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.Doc 7. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. .2.0 wt% to 100 wt%. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.H2SO4 Corrosion) (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for SAC H2SO4 is Computed) SA_Acid_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Sulfuric Acid Concentration. Operating Pressure is used in calculations.0 F. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Must be input if Sulfuric Acid Corrosion is selected. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. BM_Sulfuric_Acid_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Sulfuric Acid Corrosion CM_Sulfuric_Acid_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Sulfuric Acid Corrosion Proprietary and Confidential . File API-RBI User Guide. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.

HF Corrosion. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. Sour Water Corrosion. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. The Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. Soil/Underground. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. H2S/H2 Corrosion. H2S/H2 Corrosion. HCL Corrosion. Amine Corrosion. HCL Corrosion.Doc BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. CO2. Cooling Water. HF Corrosion. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. The Thinning Mechanism. Cooling Water. Sour Water Corrosion. Acid Sour Water.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 172 of 301 No. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. . Inc. Soil/Underground. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Proprietary and Confidential . Acid Sour Water. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. Amine Corrosion. CO2. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group.

If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. File API-RBI User Guide.9 Acid Sour Water Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.Equity Engineering Group. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. . Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. BM_ASW_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material ASW Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for ASW is Computed) CM_ASW_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material ASW Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for ASW is Computed) ASW_H2O_Flag = Flag to indicate presence of water ASW_pH = pH of acid sour water ASW_Oxygen = Flag to indicate "High" oxygen content (greater than 50 ppb) = Yes.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 173 of 301 No. oxygen content less than or equal to 50 ppb = No BM_ASW_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for ASW CM_ASW_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for ASW Proprietary and Confidential .21. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. The default is 70.Doc 7. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.0 F.2. Inc. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.

Amine Corrosion. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. H2S/H2 Corrosion. CO2. Inc. HCL Corrosion. Acid Sour Water. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 174 of 301 No. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Sour Water Corrosion. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Proprietary and Confidential . or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. Amine Corrosion. Soil/Underground.Doc BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. CO2. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate.Equity Engineering Group. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. HCL Corrosion. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. H2S/H2 Corrosion. Acid Sour Water. Cooling Water. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. Soil/Underground. The Thinning Mechanism. . File API-RBI User Guide. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. Cooling Water. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. HF Corrosion. Sour Water Corrosion. The Thinning Mechanism. HF Corrosion.

Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.Equity Engineering Group. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. File API-RBI User Guide.0 F. Operating Pressure is used in calculations.10 CO2 Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.Doc 7. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Inc.2.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 175 of 301 No. . If it is not provided Design Pressure used.21. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. BM_CO2_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material CO2 Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for CO2 is Computed) CM_ CO2_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material CO2 Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for CO2 is Computed) CO2_Conc = (mole%:mole%) CO2 Concentration CO2_Density = (lbm/ft3 : Kg/m3) Bulk Density of the stream CO2_Dew_Point = (°F : °C) Dew Point for CO2 CO2_Glycol = (wt%:wt%) Weight percent of water in glycol/water solution CO2_H2O = (wt%:wt%) Weight percent water in system range 0 to 30 % CO2_Inh = (%:%) Efficiency of CO2 Inhibitor CO2_Liq_HC_Flag = Flag to indicate if liquid Hydrocarbons are present CO2_Partial_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) CO2 Partial Pressure maximum 580 psi: 395 Mpa CO2_Roughness = Relative Roughness e/d per Moody Chart Proprietary and Confidential . Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.

The Thinning Mechanism. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. HF Corrosion. .5) BM_ CO2_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for CO2 CM_ CO2_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for CO2 BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Soil/Underground. Amine Corrosion. HF Corrosion. Cooling Water. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate.Equity Engineering Group. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. H2S/H2 Corrosion. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. CO2. Inc. Amine Corrosion. File API-RBI User Guide. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Proprietary and Confidential . Sour Water Corrosion. HCL Corrosion. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. H2S/H2 Corrosion.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 176 of 301 No. Acid Sour Water. Seawater. Cooling Water. Acid Sour Water. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. HCL Corrosion. The Thinning Mechanism. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. Fe++ Saturated CO2_Viscosity = (cP : cP) Viscosity of the stream CO2_pH = pH of stream (range 3. CO2.5 . It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate.Doc CO2_Type = Type of water in mixture: Condensation. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded.6. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. Soil/Underground. Sour Water Corrosion.

then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. .400 or 400 . Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. The default is 70.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 177 of 301 No.Doc 7. CW_pH = pH of cooling water CW_Type = Flag to indicate if system is Recirculating or Once Through Proprietary and Confidential .0 F. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.1000 mg/L CW_System = Flag to indicate if system is open or closed CW_TDS = (mg/L : mg/L) Total Dissolved Solids Select either 50 .11 Cooling Water Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature.21.2. File API-RBI User Guide. BM_CW_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material CW Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for CW is Computed) CM_CW _Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material CW Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for CW is Computed) CW_Ca = Calcium Hardness mg/L of CaCO3 Range is between 10 and 1000 mg/L CW_Cl = (ppm : ppm) Chloride Concentration Range is between 5 and 10000 ppm Cl CW_MOA = (mg/L : mg/L) Methyl Orange Alkanility Range is 10 .1000 CW_Temp = (°F : °C) Water Side Metal Surface Temperature CW_Water = Flag to indicate if Fresh or Sea water is used. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Inc.Equity Engineering Group.

Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. Inc. HCL Corrosion. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. CO2. HF Corrosion. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. H2S/H2 Corrosion. CO2. HCL Corrosion. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. Soil/Underground. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Amine Corrosion. File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 178 of 301 No. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. Amine Corrosion. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. Soil/Underground. HF Corrosion. Acid Sour Water. Cooling Water. Acid Sour Water. Cooling Water. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. Sour Water Corrosion. Sour Water Corrosion. H2S/H2 Corrosion. .Equity Engineering Group. The Thinning Mechanism. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Proprietary and Confidential . Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate.Doc BM_CW _Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for CW CM_CW _Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for CW BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. The Thinning Mechanism. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism.

12 Soil/Underground Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.21. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 179 of 301 No. Cathodic_Protect_Factor = Factor to include Cathodic Protection Soil_Resistivity_Flag = Flag to consider resistivity for base corrosion rate Soil_Resistivity_Factor = Select Resistivity of Soil Coating_Flag = Flag to indicate if coating has been applied Coating_Base_Factor = Base factor for type of coating Proprietary and Confidential . Operating Pressure is used in calculations. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. The default is 70. . Inc. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.0 F.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc 7. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.2. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. BM_Soil_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Soil Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for Soil is Computed) CM_Soil_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Soil Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Soil is Computed) Soil_Base_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Expected or observed corrosion rate for the buried structure or for "similar" structure under "similiar" service conditions Cathodic_Protect_Flag = Flag to indicate if cathodic protection is used.

Amine Corrosion. Cooling Water. Amine Corrosion. Soil/Underground. Inc. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. CO2. Acid Sour Water. HF Corrosion. H2S/H2 Corrosion. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. CO2. HF Corrosion. Acid Sour Water. HCL Corrosion. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion.Equity Engineering Group. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism. File API-RBI User Guide. . HCL Corrosion. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Proprietary and Confidential . Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. H2S/H2 Corrosion. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. Cooling Water. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. The Thinning Mechanism. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. Soil/Underground. Sour Water Corrosion.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 180 of 301 No. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. Sour Water Corrosion. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate.Doc Coating_Maint_Factor = Factor to account for coating maintenance Coating_Temp_Factor = Factor to account for exceeding maximum rated temperature for coating Coating_Age_Factor = Factor to adjust for age of coating BM_ Soil_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Soil CM_ Soil_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Soil BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism.

If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form.Doc 7.13 Tank Floor This supplement is only available if the Component Type = TANKBOTTOM Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 181 of 301 No.Equity Engineering Group. Inc. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. File API-RBI User Guide. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active.21. BM_Tank_Floor_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Tank_Floor Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for Tank_Floor is Computed) Tank_Prod_Base_Rate = Calculate Product Side Corrosion Rate Tank_Prod_Base_Corr_Rate = (mpy:mm/yr) Base Corrosion Rate for Product Side Tank_Soil_Base_Rate = Calculate Soil Side Corrosion Rate Tank_Soil_Base_Corr_Rate = (mpy:mm/yr) Base Corrosion Rate for Soil Side Tank_Steam_Coil_Adj = Flag to indicate adjustment for tank steam coil Tank_Water_Draw_Off_Adj = Flag to indicate adjustment for water draw off Tank_Product_Cond_Flag_Adj = Option to indicate adjustment for product condition: Wet or Dry Tank_Soil_Resistivity_Adj = Select Resistivity of Soil Tank_Pad_Adj = Select adjustment for pad material Proprietary and Confidential . The default is 70. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. .2. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.

The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. File API-RBI User Guide. Acid Sour Water. Amine Corrosion.Doc Tank_Drainage_Adj = Select adjustment for drain Tank_Cathodic_Protection_Adj = Flag to indicate adjustment for cathodic protection Tank_Bottom_Type_Adj = Select adjustment for type of tank bottom BM_Tank_Floor _Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Tank_Floor BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. . HF Corrosion.Equity Engineering Group. Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion. Sulfuric Acid Corrosion. CO2. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 182 of 301 No. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion. Sour Water Corrosion. Soil/Underground. HCL Corrosion. or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. Cooling Water. Inc. H2S/H2 Corrosion. The Thinning Mechanism.

but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Acid Brick. typically the commissioning date of the unit (Start Date)] Time_Since_Last_Inspection = Years Since Last Lining Inspection 7. Refractory Severe. or Organic Coating) Liner_Condition = Lining Condition (Poor. Low Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. High Pressure. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. . High Temperature. Average. Glass.1 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. Inc. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.Doc 7. or Good) See Table M-6 in the BRD Online_Monitoring = Option Flag to indicate On-Line Monitoring for Selected Damage Type Lining_Installation_Date = Lining Installation Date [(Default value is the computed service start date. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. File API-RBI User Guide. for example: Normal. Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.21.0 F. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.21.3.3 Equipment Lining Tab Input Fields Liner_Type = Type of Internal Liner (Strip Alloy is the default.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 183 of 301 No. Refractory. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. The default is 70.

then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.2 Analysis Results Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type.3. Medium. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.3.3 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 184 of 301 No.21.21. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk 7. Medium-High. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc 7. Proprietary and Confidential .4 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. and Low Risks.Equity Engineering Group. . but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.3. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. Inc.21.

Proprietary and Confidential . The default is 70.5 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. 7. File API-RBI User Guide. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Change existing data to new values 2.3.Equity Engineering Group. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 185 of 301 No. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.Doc Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. .0 F. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3.21. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.

. File API-RBI User Guide. • Caustic. Proprietary and Confidential . Inc. • Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column. • Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen. • HSC HF.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 186 of 301 No. • Other. If both a base and a cladding thickness are specified then all types of cracking are enabled. Amine CS LC Carbonate CS LC Caustic CS LC Chloride HA NF HIC/SOHIC H2S CS LC HIC/SOHIC HF CS LC HSC HF CS LC Polythionic Acid HA NF SSC H2S CS LC Other HA NF CS LC HC CS .Non Ferrous HA .Equity Engineering Group. • Polythionic. • Carbonate. • Form Actions are at the bottom.Low Chrome HC – High Chrome NF . • HIC SOHIC HF.High Alloy When a component has been calculated. This form presents the following groups of information: • Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column and vary based upon the type of cracking.Carbon Steel LC . • HIC SOHIC H2S. • Chloride. Other cracking mechanisms that have a DF greater that 0 will be turned white.22 Cracking Damage Mechanism Forms From this form you can select the type of Cracking observed: • Amine. the tab for the cracking mechanism that has the largest DF is turned Green. or • SSC H2S Damage forms are available based upon the component material.Doc 7.

1. File API-RBI User Guide. otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator Proprietary and Confidential . "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism. Amine_Crack_Type = Amine Type (Monoethanolamine -.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. then Detected=HIGH. .MEA.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 187 of 301 No.Equity Engineering Group. Fresh Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected. corrosion mechanism or demand case.DEA. Inc.22.Doc 7. Lean.1 Amine Cracking 7. OR DIPA or OTHER) Solution_Type = Solution Type choice of Rich. If Susceptibility=Detected. Diethanolamine -.22.

Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type. Inc. The default is 70. for freeze protection) Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing to remove residual caustic) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7. High Pressure.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 188 of 301 No.0 F. Medium.1. . Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.e.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High. High Temperature.1. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.22. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.22. File API-RBI User Guide. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections. Low Temperature.g. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.Doc 7.22.1. Medium-High. for example: Normal.

for freeze protection) Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing to remove residual caustic) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7. Inc. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.Doc 7. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. .0 F.1. File API-RBI User Guide. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.e. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3.1. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.22.g.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 189 of 301 No. Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. The default is 70. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.22.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -.

Inc. shutdown.Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 190 of 301 No. then Detected=HIGH.6-8. process upsets. Water = Option Flag to indicate the presence of free water in the equipment/piping. but also startup. etc H2S = Option Flag to indicate the presence of at least 50 ppm of H2S in water phase in this equipment/piping.2.Doc 7.3. otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator Proprietary and Confidential . 7. 8. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism. corrosion mechanism or demand case. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database.4-9.6 is the default.0. pH = (pH :pH) PH of Water (LT 7. or GT 9) CO3_Concentration = (ppm : ppm) Carbonate Concentration Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected. Consider not only normal operating conditions.2 Carbonate Cracking 7.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations.22. . File API-RBI User Guide. If Susceptibility=Detected.22.

High Pressure. Medium-High. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Medium. for example: Normal.22.22.0 F. High Temperature.Equity Engineering Group. and Low Risks.2. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.22. Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -.e.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 191 of 301 No. Inc.g. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential . for freeze protection) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7. . File API-RBI User Guide. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.2.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. The default is 70. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type.2. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Low Temperature.Doc 7.

Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. . Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.22. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. File API-RBI User Guide. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3.Doc 7.2.Equity Engineering Group. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 192 of 301 No.e. for freeze protection) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7.g. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -.0 F.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.2. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Proprietary and Confidential . The default is 70. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. Change existing data to new values 2. Inc.22.

3 Caustic Cracking 7. If Susceptibility=Detected.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 193 of 301 No.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations.Doc 7.22.3. corrosion mechanism or demand case. then Detected=HIGH. File API-RBI User Guide.22. Take into account whether heating or flashing of water produces higher concentration) (Optional Input) Range is 0 wt% to 50 wt% Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected. NaOH_Conc = (wt% : wt%) NaOH Concentration Percent (Determines the concentration of caustic solution being handled in this equipment/piping. otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Inc. .

Low Temperature. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.22. Medium-High.0 F. Medium.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 194 of 301 No. The default is 70.g.Doc 7. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential . Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.e. and Low Risks. for freeze protection) Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing to remove residual caustic) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7. High Pressure. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.Equity Engineering Group.22. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.3. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Inc.3. for example: Normal. High Temperature.3.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High.22. File API-RBI User Guide. .

Equity Engineering Group. Change existing data to new values 7.22. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 10.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.g. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. The default is 70. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.22. Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 195 of 301 No.e. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 9. Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -.0 F. File API-RBI User Guide.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 6.Doc 7. . but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.3.3. Inc. for freeze protection) Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing to remove residual caustic) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 8. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation.

or GT 1000 ppm) Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 196 of 301 No. corrosion mechanism or demand case. If Susceptibility=Detected.22. 1-10 ppm. otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. . File API-RBI User Guide. 11-100 ppm. 101-1000 ppm.Doc 7. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism.22. Inc. GT 10) Cl_Concentration = (ppm : ppm) The Chloride Concentration in Water (LT 1 ppm.4. pH_Water_Cl = (pH :pH) PH of Water ( LT= 10. then Detected=HIGH.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database.4 Chloride Cracking 7.

Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. File API-RBI User Guide.4.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 197 of 301 No. . See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential .4. 7. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Low Temperature. Inc.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. High Pressure. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type.22.0 F. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. and Low Risks. Medium-High.4. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.22. High Temperature. for example: Normal. The default is 70. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.Doc 7. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Medium.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High.22.Equity Engineering Group.

0 F. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 198 of 301 No. The default is 70.22.Doc 7. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. . Proprietary and Confidential . Change existing data to new values 2.4.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.4.22. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Inc.Equity Engineering Group. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. 7.

0. Inc.GT 0. Consider not only normal operating conditions.4-9. 50-1000 ppm. . "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database.Doc 7. then Detected=HIGH. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 199 of 301 No. but also startup. If Susceptibility=Detected.0.5-7. corrosion mechanism or demand case. 8.5. 1000-10000 ppm. otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator Proprietary and Confidential . LOW -.002%S) Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected. 5.5 HIC SOHIC H2S 7.22. 7.5. etc H2S_Content = (ppm : ppm) H2S Content of Water (LT 50 ppm -.002%S.default.LT 0.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. shutdown. Water = Option Flag to indicate the presence of free water in the equipment/piping. or GT10000 ppm) pH_Water = (pH :pH) PH of Water (LT 5.5 is the default.6-8.22.01% Default. ULTRA LOW -. File API-RBI User Guide.3.Equity Engineering Group. or GT 9) Cyanides = Option Flag to indicate the presence of cyanides Sulfur_Content = Sulfur content of material (HIGH -.01-0. process upsets.

. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type. TDI. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. for example: Normal. Low Temperature. High Pressure.0 F. Medium-High. PO.5. HF.22.22. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. CL.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 200 of 301 No. Inc. High Temperature. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. AMMONIA.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections.5. PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7. Medium. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. HCL. EO.5.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions.22. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. etc. and Low Risks. NO2. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.Doc 7. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential . The default is 70.

PO. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.5. Inc. NO2. Proprietary and Confidential . EO. etc. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. AMMONIA. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. CL. . TDI. HCL.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 201 of 301 No.0 F. HF.22.5. Change existing data to new values 2. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. The default is 70.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide.22. PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S.Doc 7.

If Susceptibility=Detected.Doc 7.GT 0. corrosion mechanism or demand case.22. .01-0.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. then Detected=HIGH.0.LT 0. File API-RBI User Guide.002%S) Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism.6 HIC SOHIC HF 7. otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator Proprietary and Confidential .01% Default.002%S.Equity Engineering Group. Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 202 of 301 No. Sulfur_Content = Sulfur content of material (HIGH -. LOW -.6. ULTRA LOW -.22.

6. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal. CL. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential . for example: Normal. Inc. Low Temperature.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7.0 F. AMMONIA. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type. PO. TDI.Equity Engineering Group. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S. High Pressure. NO2. File API-RBI User Guide.22. EO.22. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Medium-High.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections. Or Upset Conditions. Shutdown. Medium. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 203 of 301 No.Doc 7.6. Startup. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High. High Temperature. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.22. and Low Risks. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. The default is 70. etc. HF. HCL. .6.

TDI. The default is 70. Change existing data to new values 2. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. . Shutdown. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. File API-RBI User Guide. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. etc.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. EO. HF. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4.Doc 7. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. HCL. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S. NO2. CL. Proprietary and Confidential . All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation. AMMONIA. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. PO.6. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.22. Or Upset Conditions. Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 204 of 301 No.0 F.Equity Engineering Group.6.22. Startup.

otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator Proprietary and Confidential .1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 205 of 301 No. If Susceptibility=Detected. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database.Equity Engineering Group.22. or LT 200 is default) Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected. . Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism. corrosion mechanism or demand case. Inc.7 HSC HF 7.7. GT 237. BRNH = (bnh :bnh) Brinnell Hardness of Welds (200-237.22.Doc 7. then Detected=HIGH. File API-RBI User Guide.

HF.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections. AMMONIA. Medium-High. NO2.22.7. Startup. for example: Normal.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. TDI. The default is 70.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7. Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S. CL. File API-RBI User Guide. and Low Risks.Equity Engineering Group. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.0 F. HCL. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. EO. Medium. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal. Inc. . High Pressure. Shutdown.7. Low Temperature.22. PO.Doc 7. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential . then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. etc. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. High Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.22.7. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 206 of 301 No.

. TDI.22.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.0 F. HF. Or Upset Conditions. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal. Shutdown. etc. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Inc.22. The default is 70. Change existing data to new values 2. HCL.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 207 of 301 No. PO. Proprietary and Confidential . File API-RBI User Guide. NO2. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Startup. EO.Equity Engineering Group. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation.7.7. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.Doc 7. AMMONIA. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. CL.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.

8 Other Cracking 7. If Susceptibility=Detected. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator Proprietary and Confidential . Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected. File API-RBI User Guide.8. . Inc. then Detected=HIGH. corrosion mechanism or demand case.Doc 7. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations.22.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 208 of 301 No.Equity Engineering Group.22.

Operating Temperature is used in calculations. File API-RBI User Guide. for example: Normal. High Pressure. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Medium.0 F. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type.22. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Inc. Medium-High.Doc 7. The default is 70. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.Equity Engineering Group.8. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.22.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. and Low Risks. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 209 of 301 No.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections. . PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7.8.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.22.8. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential . Low Temperature. High Temperature. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.

Inc.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.22. . Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.22.Equity Engineering Group. Proprietary and Confidential . Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. File API-RBI User Guide.8. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. The default is 70. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 210 of 301 No. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Change existing data to new values 2.8.Doc 7. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.0 F. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation.

otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. then Detected=HIGH. System_Status = Condition for assessment. Inc.22. Moisture.9 Polythionic Cracking 7. and Oxygen Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected. Operating (default) or Shutdown NACE_Protection = Option Flag to indicate protection using NACE RP 0170 Thermal_History = Thermal History of the material.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 211 of 301 No. .9. corrosion mechanism or demand case.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations.Doc 7. Choose whether solution annealed (default value) or thermal stabilization heat treatment was performed before or after welding Sulfides_Moisture_Oxygen_During_Shutdown = Option Flag to indicate the presence of Sulfides. If Susceptibility=Detected. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. File API-RBI User Guide. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism.22.

If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. 7.9.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections. .Doc 7. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.Equity Engineering Group. and Low Risks.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High. Low Temperature.9. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.22. Inc.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. The default is 70. for example: Normal.22. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Medium. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential .0 F. High Pressure. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. High Temperature.22. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. Medium-High. File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 212 of 301 No. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.9.

This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.22.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 213 of 301 No. 7. Proprietary and Confidential . Operating Temperature is used in calculations. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.22. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Inc. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4.9.9. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.Equity Engineering Group. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.Doc 7. File API-RBI User Guide.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1.0 F. The default is 70. .

then Detected=HIGH.6-8. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database.5.default.22. etc H2S_Content = (ppm : ppm) H2S Content of Water (LT 50 ppm -. but also startup.Doc 7.5-7.10. process upsets. shutdown.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. 50-1000 ppm. . Inc. or LT 200 is default) Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected. 5. File API-RBI User Guide. 8.0.4-9. 1000-10000 ppm. or GT10000 ppm) pH_Water = (pH :pH) PH of Water (LT 5. Consider not only normal operating conditions. If Susceptibility=Detected.22. or GT 9) Cyanides = Option Flag to indicate the presence of cyanides BRNH = (bnh :bnh) Brinnell Hardness of Welds (200-237. GT 237.3. 7. Water = Option Flag to indicate the presence of free water in the equipment/piping.5 is the default. otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism. corrosion mechanism or demand case.10 SSC H2S 7.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 214 of 301 No.

3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections. for example: Normal. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Inc.10. Medium-High. .10. High Pressure. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. Medium. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. AMMONIA. HF.0 F. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.10. CL. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. NO2. PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7.Doc 7. PO.22. The default is 70.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 215 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide. Low Temperature. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. etc. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. EO.22. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential . TDI. and Low Risks. HCL.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type. High Temperature.Equity Engineering Group.22.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High.

Proprietary and Confidential . Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. AMMONIA. PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S. HCL.10. EO. . If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. etc. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature.0 F. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. TDI.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7.Equity Engineering Group. HF.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1.22.22. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. NO2. File API-RBI User Guide. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. PO.Doc 7.10. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation. Change existing data to new values 2. The default is 70. CL. Inc. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 216 of 301 No. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.

. Inc. This form presents the following groups of information: • Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column and vary based upon the type of external damage • Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column. If the material is Carbon Steel (CS) or Low Chrome (LC) then only CUI Carbon and Low Alloy Steels is available. If the insulation flag is Yes then only the CUI (Corrosion Under Insulation Damage form are available). If the insulation flag is No then only the External Corrosion or External SCC Damage form are available). Proprietary and Confidential . If the material is Carbon Steel (CS) or Low Chrome (LC) then only External Corrosion Carbon and Low Alloys Steels is available. If the material is High Alloy (HA) then only CUI Austenitic Stainless Steels is available.23 External Damage From this form you can select the type of External Damage observed: Damage Types are greyed out as a function of the Insulation Flag (Component Form) and the material selected for the component.Doc 7. If the material is High Alloy (HA) then only External SCC of Austenitic Stainless Steels is available. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group. • Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 217 of 301 No.

Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism.1.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 218 of 301 No. Above Average.Default) Insulation_Condition_ID = The unique record identifier for the Insulation_Condition_Table Chloride_In_Insulation = Option Flag to indicate Chloride Free Insulation Coating_Quality = Option Flag to indicate Coating Quality Adjustment Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected. File API-RBI User Guide.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. or Average -.23. . If Susceptibility=Detected. External_Environment = Required input to indicate the Driver for External Corrosion Coating_Installation_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Coating Installation Date (Optional Input) Complexity = The Option Flag to indicate Complexity. It is based on the Number of Branches (Below Average.1 CUI Austenitic Stainless Steels 7. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. corrosion mechanism or demand case.Equity Engineering Group. otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator Proprietary and Confidential . Inc. then Detected=HIGH.Doc 7.23.

Equity Engineering Group. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. High Temperature. 7. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.23. The default is 70.1.Doc 7.1.1. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential .23.0 F. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Low Temperature. and Low Risks. . but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 219 of 301 No.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections. for example: Normal. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.23. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Medium-High. High Pressure. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. File API-RBI User Guide. Inc. Medium.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type.

If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5.Doc 7. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Proprietary and Confidential .23. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.Equity Engineering Group. 7. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. . All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Inc.1.1.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. The default is 70. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation.23. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.0 F. File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 220 of 301 No. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES.

corrosion mechanism or demand case. Inc.2 CUI Carbon and Low Alloy Steels 7.23.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 221 of 301 No. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism. or Average -.Equity Engineering Group. It is based on the Number of Branches (Below Average. Corrosion_Rate = Option Flag to indicate How the Base Material Corrosion Rate is Computed BM_Estimated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Estimated Corrosion Rate BM_Measured_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Measured Corrosion Rate (Optional Input) BM_Calculated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Calculated Corrosion Rate External_Environment = Required input to indicate the Driver for External Corrosion Coating_Installation_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Coating Installation Date (Optional Input) Pipe_Support_Penalty = Pipe Support Indicator used to compute Corrosion Rate Penalty For Pipe Supports Complexity = The Option Flag to indicate Complexity. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Above Average.2. .23.Doc 7. File API-RBI User Guide.Default) Insulation_Condition = Option Flag to indicate insulation condition Coating_Quality = Option Flag to indicate Coating Quality Adjustment Soil_Water_Interface_Penalty = Interface Indicator Option used to Compute Corrosion Rate Penalty Due To Soil/Water Interface Proprietary and Confidential .

This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. The default is 70. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential . Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.Doc 7.23. 7. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. Medium-High. typically the commissioning date of the unit Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.2. File API-RBI User Guide. as applicable. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Low Temperature. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified. Medium. High Temperature.23. then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. Inc. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date.23.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions.2.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High. High Pressure. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.2. . If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Inspection Type Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 222 of 301 No.0 F. and Low Risks. Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. and is only valid for inspection categories A and B Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. for example: Normal. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure.Equity Engineering Group.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections.

If it is not provided Design Pressure used. The default is 70. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified.2. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. typically the commissioning date of the unit Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Inc. Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 223 of 301 No.23. . Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. and is only valid for inspection categories A and B Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. as applicable.Equity Engineering Group. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.0 F. then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Inspection Type Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date.Doc 7. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. File API-RBI User Guide. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Proprietary and Confidential . If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness. then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Operating Pressure is used in calculations.

Inc.2.Doc 7. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. .Equity Engineering Group. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3.23.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. Proprietary and Confidential . This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Change existing data to new values 2. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 224 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.

1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations.23. then Detected=HIGH. File API-RBI User Guide. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database.23. Inc. If Susceptibility=Detected. External_Environment = Required input to indicate the Driver for External Corrosion Coating_Installation_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Coating Installation Date (Optional Input) Coating_Quality = Option Flag to indicate Coating Quality Adjustment Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected.3.Doc 7. corrosion mechanism or demand case. otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator Proprietary and Confidential .3 External SCC Austenitic Stainless Steels 7. .Equity Engineering Group. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 225 of 301 No.

The default is 70. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. High Temperature.23. File API-RBI User Guide. Inc. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type.3.3.0 F.Equity Engineering Group.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 226 of 301 No. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Medium-High. 7.Doc 7. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.3. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.23. and Low Risks. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential . Low Temperature. for example: Normal. . High Pressure. Medium.23.

Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. The default is 70.3.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. 7. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.3. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.Equity Engineering Group. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.23. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES.Doc 7. Change existing data to new values 2. Proprietary and Confidential . .6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Inc. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4.23.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 227 of 301 No. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. File API-RBI User Guide.

Inc.4. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. corrosion mechanism or demand case.Doc 7.23.4 External Corrosion Carbon and Low Alloy 7.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 228 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism. .23.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. Corrosion_Rate = Option Flag to indicate How the Base Material Corrosion Rate is Computed BM_Estimated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Estimated Corrosion Rate BM_Measured_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Measured Corrosion Rate (Optional Input) BM_Calculated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Calculated Corrosion Rate External_Environment = Required input to indicate the Driver for External Corrosion Coating_Installation_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Coating Installation Date (Optional Input) Pipe_Support_Penalty = Pipe Support Indicator used to compute Corrosion Rate Penalty For Pipe Supports Coating_Quality = Option Flag to indicate Coating Quality Adjustment Soil_Water_Interface_Penalty = Interface Indicator Option used to Compute Corrosion Rate Penalty Due To Soil/Water Interface Proprietary and Confidential .Equity Engineering Group.

Equity Engineering Group. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness.23. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. for example: Normal. Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Inc.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type.4. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential . then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. The default is 70.23. Low Temperature. Medium-High.4. .4.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 229 of 301 No. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7. High Temperature.0 F. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. and is only valid for inspection categories A and B Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure. 7. then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Medium. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. File API-RBI User Guide. typically the commissioning date of the unit Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. as applicable. High Pressure. then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Inspection Type Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date.Doc 7.23.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified. and Low Risks. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided.

Operating Pressure is used in calculations.4. File API-RBI User Guide. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Inspection Type Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date. Inc. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified. Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.23.0 F. as applicable. then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. The default is 70. typically the commissioning date of the unit Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 230 of 301 No. and is only valid for inspection categories A and B Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. .Doc 7. Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.Equity Engineering Group. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.

4. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. Proprietary and Confidential . . Change existing data to new values 2. Inc. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1.23. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.Equity Engineering Group. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. File API-RBI User Guide. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 231 of 301 No.Doc 7.

• Sigma Phase Embrittlement. The following table defines this vulnerability. • Form Actions are at the bottom. The component material is one of the determining factors in whether a component is vulnerable to brittle fracture mechanisms.24 Brittle Fracture Damage Mechanism Forms From this form you can select the type of Brittle Fracture observed: • 885 Embrittlement. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc 7.Equity Engineering Group. • Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen. • Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 232 of 301 No. Inc. Low Temperature CS LC 885 HC Sigma HA HC DP Temper Embrittlement LC CS – Carbon Steel LC – Low Chrome HC – High Chrome NF – Non Ferrous HA – High Alloy DP – Duplex This form presents the following groups of information: • Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column and vary based upon the type of Brittle Fracture Damage. • Low Temperature Brittle Fracture. . or • Temper Embrittlement. Proprietary and Confidential .

1 885 Embrittlement 7. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. Shutdown. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Tref = (°F : °C) Reference Temperature for 885 Embrittlement (Optional Input) Administrative_Controls = Option Flag to indicate whether Administrative or Process Controls exist that will prevent the equipment from being fully pressurized below some temperature 7.1.1. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Or Upset Conditions.Doc 7.Equity Engineering Group.24. File API-RBI User Guide. Startup. corrosion mechanism or demand case. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Proprietary and Confidential . Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal. High Temperature.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. for example: Normal.24. .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 233 of 301 No.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. Low Temperature.24. Inc. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. High Pressure.

24. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. and Low Risks. Medium-High. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential . .4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High.0 F.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 234 of 301 No.24. 7.Doc Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature.3 Analysis Results DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.Equity Engineering Group. Inc.1. File API-RBI User Guide.1. Medium. The default is 70.

Change existing data to new values 2. Startup.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.1. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Shutdown. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. The default is 70. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4.0 F.1. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Inc. File API-RBI User Guide. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. 7.24.Doc 7. Proprietary and Confidential .24.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 235 of 301 No. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. . If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation.Equity Engineering Group. Or Upset Conditions.

Equity Engineering Group.24. Default Value is 999.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 236 of 301 No. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. .2. Inc.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations.24. corrosion mechanism or demand case.Doc 7. CVN_Temp = (°F : °C) CVN Impact Test Temperature.2 Low Temperature 7. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism. File API-RBI User Guide.0 Administrative_Controls = Option Flag to indicate whether Administrative or Process Controls exist that will prevent the equipment from being fully pressurized below some temperature Service_Experience_Adjustment = Option Flag to indicate that a Damage Factor Adjustment will be made based on successful service experience Proprietary and Confidential .

The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation.24. Startup. Medium. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.0 F. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 237 of 301 No. for example: Normal. Medium-High. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential . High Temperature. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. and Low Risks.2. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7. File API-RBI User Guide. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. . then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature.24. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided.24. Or Upset Conditions.2.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High.2. MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. Low Temperature. Shutdown. Inc. High Pressure. The default is 70.Equity Engineering Group.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions.Doc 7.3 Analysis Results DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.

Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.Doc 7.2. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. The default is 70. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Proprietary and Confidential . Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. Inc. MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or Shellside values depending on Equipment Type.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 238 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation.0 F. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified.Equity Engineering Group. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal. Startup. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Or Upset Conditions.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. . The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature.24. Shutdown. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified.

Change existing data to new values 2.Equity Engineering Group.Doc 7. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1.2. File API-RBI User Guide. Proprietary and Confidential .24.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 239 of 301 No. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Inc. .

24. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism.Equity Engineering Group. Inc. See Table L-15 in the BRD. corrosion mechanism or demand case. Medium ( GT= 5%. LT 10%).24. Sigma_Amount = Amount of Sigma Phase Embrittlement. File API-RBI User Guide. .default). "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database.Doc 7. Values are High ( GT= 10%). Proprietary and Confidential .3. LT 5% -.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. or Low ( GT 1%.3 Sigma Phase 7.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 240 of 301 No.

Medium.Equity Engineering Group. Medium-High.24.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 241 of 301 No. Startup. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential . and Low Risks. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Inc. Shutdown. Or Upset Conditions Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. for example: Normal.3.0 F. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Low Temperature. Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal.24.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. High Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. . File API-RBI User Guide. The default is 70.3.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High.Doc 7. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. High Pressure. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.24.3.3 Analysis Results DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input) 7.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 242 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.24.3.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. 7.24.3.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 243 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.24.4

Temper Embrittlement

7.24.4.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. CVN_Temp = (°F : °C) CVN Impact Test Temperature; Default Value is 999.0 DFATT = (°F : °C) Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature (FATT) F; FATT is based on material type, metallurgical condition, operating temperature and time in service provided in the BRD Supplement. Better information can be specified, if known. The value will be used in all calculations, if specified (Optional Input) (Default = 999) SCE = (°F : °C) The Delta Temperature specified for a step cooling test. The value for Delta Temperature is used in all calculations ONLY if Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature is NOT Selected. The default value is 999.0 J_Factor = Material J-Factor used ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo; DO NOT USE IF Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature or Delta Temperature for Step Cooling Test are specified Percent_Silicon = Weight Percent Silicon, used to compute Material J-Factor, ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo. Do NOT use if either Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature or Delta Temperature Specified For Step Cooling Test are specified Percent_Manganese = Weight Percent Manganese, use ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo Percent_Phosphorous = Weight Percent Phosphorous, used ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo Percent_Tin = Weight Percent Tin, used ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 244 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.24.4.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input) 7.24.4.3 Analysis Results DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.24.4.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 245 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.24.4.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 246 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.24.4.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 247 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.25 HTHA This form contains data for High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) This form presents the following groups of information: • Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column . • Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column. • Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen.

7.25.1.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. HTHA = Option Flag to indicate High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) calculations

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

for example: Normal. File API-RBI User Guide.25. Medium-High.1.25. Low Temperature. High Pressure. The default is 70. . Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Inc.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions. High Temperature.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections.25.Doc 7.Equity Engineering Group. Medium. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High. and Low Risks. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature.1. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature. computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential .0 F.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 248 of 301 No.1. Hydrogen_Partial_Pres = (psig : MPa) Hydrogen Partial Pressure is only used for assessment of High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) 7. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.

Doc 7.1. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1.1. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 249 of 301 No. Inc. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.25. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3.25. then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. The default is 70. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. File API-RBI User Guide. Hydrogen_Partial_Pres = (psig : MPa) Hydrogen Partial Pressure is only used for assessment of High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) 7.Equity Engineering Group. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. . Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. Proprietary and Confidential .0 F. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Change existing data to new values 2.

7. Severe Shaking_Duration_weeks = (weeks :weeks) Shaking Duration defined as the number of weeks pipe has been shaking (Optional Input) Proprietary and Confidential . • Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen. This form presents the following groups of information: • Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column • Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column. No_Fatigue_Failures = Previous Number Of Fatigue Failures (Optional Input) Shaking = Shaking Choice for amount of Shaking Minor. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database.26 Mechanical Fatigue This form contains data for Mechanical Fatigue.Equity Engineering Group. .1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations.Doc 7. This form is only available for Equipment Type = Pipe or Tube/NS Pipe.26. File API-RBI User Guide.1. Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 250 of 301 No. Moderate. corrosion mechanism or demand case. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism.

Broken Gussets.5 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2.Equity Engineering Group. . or Good Condition . If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. > 10 branches Branch_Design = Branch Design (SW.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 251 of 301 No. Saddle in. or = GT 2) See Table K-11 in the BRD 7. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.26. Medium. Proprietary and Confidential . Saddle On.Doc 7.1. Inc. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. Experience. 5 . Valve Chatter) connected directly or indirectly within 50 feet of the pipe Corrective_Action = Modifications based on Engineering Analysis.1.default) Branch_Diameter = (in : mm) Branch Diameter (in or mm) ( LT= 2 is default. Medium-High. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4.10 branches.26. File API-RBI User Guide. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk 7.None. and Low Risks.26.3 Analysis Results DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7. Reciprocating Machinery (RM). All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. None Piping_System_Complexity = Complexity based on 50 feet of pipe with 0.26. Welded Gussets.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High.5 branches.2 Damage Drivers Force_Type = Type of Cyclic Stress Force -. Welding Tee. or Threaded -deault) See Table K-9 in the BRD Pipe_Condition = Pipe Condition (Damaged Supports.1. Unsupported.1. RV Chatter. Weldolet.

.1. Tube_Spec = Selected Tube Spec. Proprietary and Confidential . Inc.27. SS_Bundle_CO2= Flag to indicate the presence of CO2 on the shellside (Default is No). SS_Bundle_Cyanides = Flag to indicate the presence of Cyanides in the shellside fluid (Default is No).API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.2 SS_Bundle_Asphaltenes_Polymer = Flag to indicate the presence of Asphaltenes Polymer in the shellside fluid (Default is No).1.1 Damage Drivers for Information Only TS_Fluid_Name = Selected Fluid TS_Process_Unit = Selected Process Unit TS_Fluid_Category = Selected Fluid Category TS_Fluid_Phase = Selected Fluid Phase TS_Inlet_Temperature = Tubeside Inlet Temperature TS_Outlet_Temperature =Tubeside Outlet Temperature SS_Fluid_Name = Selected Fluid SS_Process_Unit = Selected Process Unit SS_Fluid_Category = Selected Fluid Category SS_Fluid_Phase = Selected Fluid Phase SS_Inlet_Temperature = Tubeside Inlet Temperature SS_Outlet_Temperature =Tubeside Outlet Temperature Furnished_Thk = Thickness of tube Tube_Material = Selected Tube Material Spec.27. 7.Doc Bundle Damage Assessment 7. File API-RBI User Guide.27 Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 252 of 301 No. SS_Bundle_Brine = Flag to indicate the presence of Brine in the shellside fluid (Default is No). SS_Bundle_Dealloying = Flag to indicate the presence of Dealloying on the shellside (Default is No).Equity Engineering Group.

SS_Bundle_Sulfidation= Flag to indicate the presence of Sulfidation on the shellside (Default is No).0) SS_Bundle_Oxidation = Flag to indicate the presence of Oxidation on the shellside (Default is No). TS_Bundle_Asphaltenes_Polymer =Flag to indicate the presence of Asphaltenes Polymer in the tubeside fluid (Default is No). SS_Bundle_H2S = Weight % H2S in the shellside fluid (Default is 0. Underdeposit Corrosion . unpredictable or localized SS_Free_Water = Does the shellside fluid have any free water. Corrosion.0) SS_Bundle_Trace_Caustic = Weight % Trace Caustic in the shellside fluid (Default is 0. this is the most prevalent damage mechanism that controls the life of the bundle.0) SS_Bundle_Naphthenic_Acid = Flag to indicate the presence of Naphthenic Acid on the shellside (Default is No). TS_Bundle_CO2 = Flag to indicate the presence of CO2 on the tubeside (Default is No). listed below in order of control:1)use the User Specified MTTF (with or without a user specified Beta). moderately corrosive.0) SS_Bundle_Trace_Acid = Weight % Acid in the shellside fluid (Default is 0. Yes/No (Default is No). Severe Plugging/Fouling Proprietary and Confidential .0) TS_Est_Corrosion_Severity = This is an estimate of corrosion severity on the tubeside. TS_Bundle_NH4Cl = Flag to indicate the presence of NH4Cl in the tubeside fluid (Default is No). SS_Bundle_Salt_Deposits = Flag to indicate the presence of Salt Deposits on the shellside (Default is No). Required if the bundle is Inactive. Bundle_Life = Provide the bundle life for the bundle being evaluated (years). Mechanical Vibration. Calculated_Bundle_Life = Years.Doc SS_Bundle_Erosive_Particles = Flag to indicate the presence of Erosive Particles in the shellside fluid (Default is No). TS_Bundle_H2S = Weight % H2S in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0. Control_Damage_Mechanism = Based on the review of the inspection history. Inc. TS_Bundle_Brine = Flag to indicate the presence of Brine in the tubeside fluid (Default is No). TS_Free_Water = Does the tubeside fluid have any free water. Select from none. SS_Bundle_NH4Cl = Flag to indicate the presence of NH4Cl in the shellside fluid (Default is No). TS_Bundle_Salt_Deposits = Flag to indicate the presence of Salt Deposits on the tubeside (Default is No). This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. mildly corrosive.0) TS_Bundle_Trace_Acid = Weight % Acid in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0. TS_Bundle_Dealloying = Flag to indicate the presence of Dealloying on the tubeside (Default is No). TS_Bundle_Sulfidation =Flag to indicate the presence of Sulfidation on the tubeside (Default is No).0) TS_Bundle_Trace_Caustic = Weight % Trace Caustic in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0.2)use the user specified Eta and Beta values. This is the bundle life calculated using either of 3 methods.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 253 of 301 No.3)use the weibull statistical calcultion based on matching bundle set from the reliablility database. Yes/No (Default is No). SS_Bundle_NH4HS = Weight % NH4HS in the shellside fluid (Default is 0. Select from : Unknown. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases.0) TS_Bundle_Oxidation = Flag to indicate the presence of Oxidation on the tubeside (Default is No).0) TS_Bundle_Naphthenic_Acid = Flag to indicate the presence of Naphthenic Acid on the tubeside (Default is No). TS_Bundle_Erosive_Particles = Flag to indicate the presence of Erosive Particles in the tubeside fluid (Default is No). For inactive bundles. this value is the key input to the reliability database and forms the basis for the weibull statistical calculations for the active bundles. Erosion. SS_Bundle_Sulfur = Mole % Sulfur in the shellside fluid (Default is 0. inert. TS_Bundle_Cyanides = Flag to indicate the presence of Cyanides in the tubeside fluid (Default is No). Environmental Cracking. severely corrosive. Optional for active bundles. TS_Bundle_NH4HS = Weight % NH4HS in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0. Tube to Tubesheet Failures. Pitting.0) SS_Est_Corrosion_Severity = This is an estimate of corrosion severity on the shellside. File API-RBI User Guide. TS_Bundle_Sulfur = Mole % Sulfur in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0.Equity Engineering Group. .

has not been generated from the component weibull tab. has not been generated from the component weibull tab. will govern the calculations.1. This value is required if a weibull curve. Inc. Change existing data to new values 7. has not been generated from the component weibull tab. based on matching bundles from the reliability database.Equity Engineering Group. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 9. . User_Specified_Beta = User specified Weibull slope parameter. will govern the calculations. The default value is 2. will govern the calculations. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 8. If supplied along with the Beta value.Doc User_Specified_MTTF = User specified Mean Time to Failure for bundle (years).5. User_Specified_Eta = Yrs This value is only required if User Specified MTTF is not provide and a weibull curve.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 254 of 301 No. based on matching bundles from the reliability database. If supplied. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 10. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database Proprietary and Confidential .27.3 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 6. 7. File API-RBI User Guide. This value along with the user specified MTTF will be used if a weibull curve. If supplied along with the Eta value. based on matching bundles from the reliability database.

28 7.28.Equity Engineering Group.1 Inspection History General Equipment Inspection History Tables Proprietary and Confidential . . Inc.Doc 7.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 255 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 256 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.28.1.1 Input Fields Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Damage Type THIN_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Thinning Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) THIN_Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B CRAKAmin_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Amine Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKCarb_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Carbonate Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKCaus_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Caustic Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKChlo_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Chloride Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKHICS_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for HIC/SOHIC H2S Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKHICF_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for HIC/SOHIC HF Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKHSC_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for HSC HF Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKPTA_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Polythionic Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKH2S_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for SSC H2S Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 257 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

CRAKOthr_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Other Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) Inspection_History_Comments = User comments associated with the present Inspection Analysis EXTF_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for External Ferritic Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) EXTF_Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B CUIF_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for CUI Ferritic Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CUIF_Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B SCC_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for SCC Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CUIA_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for CUI Austenitic Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) HTHA_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for HTHA Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -E is the default) BRIT_Sigma_Amount = Sigma Amount at Inspection Date None, Low, Medium, High

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 258 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.28.2 Inspection History Tables– Bundle To create an inspection history, edit the default row values to reflect the inspection information.

7.28.2.1 Input Fields Event_Date = (yyy-mm-dd:yyy-mm-dd) Date for Revision event Event_Type = Select type of event : Unknown, Planned S/D, Unplanned S/D, Bypass - No Rate Cut,Rate Cut Online Failure_Mode = Select from: None, Unknown, Tube Leak, Flohead Leak, General Thinning, Underdeposit Corr., Tube End Thinning, Localized Pitting, Tube Joint Leak, Environ. Cracking, Flow-Induced Damage, Handling Damage Bundle_Leak = Was there a bundle leak discovered during the inspection? Enter Yes, No or Unknown. (Default is Unknown) Event_Action = Select action taken during the inspection. In general this is for informational purposes only. However there are several actions listed that return the bundle back into service in an improved condition - Plug Tubes, 180 Degree Bundle Rotation, Partial Retube, Installed Used Bundle or Total Retube. When any of these actions are selected, the software will adjust the installation date by applying a Life Extension Factor. This will modify the POF curve for the bundle. Select from: None, Clean Only, Minor Repairs, Rerolled, Plugged Tubes, Rotated Bundle 180 Degree, Partial Retube, Retube - Same Alloy, Retube - New Alloy, Replacement-in-Kind, Redesign - New Alloy, Redesign - Mechanical, Installed Used Bundle No_Of_Plugged_Tubes = Number of tubes plugged in this shutdown. Note that this should not include tubes that are plugged due to mechanical/handling damage.

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 259 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

Inspection_Method = Inspection Method used in the inspection. Where possible, the inspection method should be accompanied by an estimate for the Percent Inspected to provide a basis for grading the inspection. Select from: Other, Visual Only, Random UT, IRIS, Remote Field, Eddy Current, Elliot Gage/Caliper, MFL Percent_Tubes_Inspected = Estimate of the extent of inspection. Inspection_Effectiveness = Effectiveness of inspection, select : A, B, C, D Percent_Wall_Loss = Percent of wall loss, determined as [1 - (current wall thickness/original wall thickness)] x 100 Wall_Thickness = (in:mm) Average measured wall thickness determined during inspection. When input, this value is a key parameter in the assessment of the current condition of the bundle and is used to adjust the POF curve. An alternate method is to input the Estimated Remaining Life. When both values are input, the Estimated Remaining Life will govern. Primary_Damage = Based on a review of the inspection history this is the most significant cause of damage to the bundle. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from: Unknown, None, General Thinning, Underdeposit Corr., Tube End Thinning, Localized Pitting, Environ. Cracking, Flow-Induced Vibration, Erosion, Mechanical Damage, Handling Damage Secondary_Damage = Based on a review of the inspection history this is the second most significant cause of damage to the bundle. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from: Unknown, None, General Thinning, Underdeposit Corr., Tube End Thinning, Localized Pitting, Environ. Cracking, Flow-Induced Vibration, Erosion, Mechanical Damage, Handling Damage Tube_Joint_Leak = Flag to indicate a Tube Joint Leak ID_Corrosion = Corrosion of tube ID : Unknown, None, Mild, General, Heavy. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. OD_Corrosion = Corrosion of tube OD : Unknown, None, Mild, General, Heavy. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. ID_Fouling = Fouling of tube ID : Unknown, None, Mild, General, Heavy. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. OD_Fouling = Fouling of tube OD : Unknown, None, Mild, General, Heavy. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Baffles_Rods_Spacers = Select from :Unknown, Good, Serviceable, Mech. Damage, Hvy Corrosion, Poor Hydrotest = Flag to indicate if bundle was hydrotested Est_Life = (yrs:yrs) Estimate of remaining life for bundle. When input, this value is a key parameter in the assessment of the current condition of the bundle and is used to adjust the POF curve. An alternate method is to input the Remaining Wall Thickness. When both values are input, the Estimated Remaining Life will govern. Inspection_Comments = User supplied comments for inspection

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 260 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.28.2.2 TABLE ACTIONS FORM VIEW 11. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. From the Form Edit View, the user can 12. edit the current record and click on OK or 13. cancel the edit with CANCEL. 14. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table View CUT/PASTE Row Data can be copy and pasted from/into tables. Simply highlight the row you wish to copy and press CTRL-C. This places the data onto the clipboard. Move to the location for pasting. This can be any row in the current table or you can move to a different component but the same table. Place the cursor into the first cell and press CTRL-V and the data will be pasted. If you are at the last row of the table the data will be appended to the table. If data is pasted into a different table than the original table, the program will attempt to fit the data. Numerical field pasted to numerical fields will act normally. if the value being pasted appears in the destination select list, if will be preserved. If the value being pasted is from a select list and does not appear in the select list then the default value will be used. If the user wishes to just copy and paste the contents of a cell, then the user needs to place the cursor inside the cell and highlight its contents and then press CTRL-C. To paste the value put the cursor inside the cell and press CTRL-V. ADD ROW 15. Inserts a blank row into current table 16. Required fields are Inspection Type, Inspection Date, and Inspection Category SAVE 17. Required fields are Inspection Type, Inspection Date, and Inspection Category 18. Note only the highlighted row will be saved upon selecting the Save Data button 19. Select Save Data button from the action panel 20. If data passes validation the Inspection History Data will be appended to the bottom of the list 21. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen. DELETE Delete current Inspection History Data from database

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

API RBI User's Guide
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02

Page 261 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Doc

7.29 Inspection Planning Form – Date Inspection Planning can be determined in two ways. The first is for a specific Plan Date. Calculations are performed based on a user specifed inspection plan and risk is calculated based upon that plan. In this case the form presents the following groups of information: • Inspection Planning, • Results, and • Risk At

Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.

DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information.Doc 7.2 Results Target_Risk_Years = (yrs :yrs) Years Associated With Target Risk (DATE) (PLAN) Target_Risk_Gradient = Risk Gradient Associated With Target Risk (DATE) (PLAN) Target_Date = (YYYY-MMM-DD :YYYY-MMM-DD) Target Date Computed As The RBI_DATE Plus The TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) 7.29. It is ONLY used when the Inspection Plan Option = DATE Specified_HTHA_Inspection_Category = An Analyst Specified Inspection Category for HTHA (High Temperature Hydrogen Attack) to be used in the Inspection Plan.1. Target Financial Risk is only used if the Risk Flag = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). Financial_Risk_Target = ($/yr : $/yr) Target Financial Risk is the financial risk for establishing a future inspection date.29. The Target Area Risk that is set in Global Setting Form is the default value. Date and Plan. It is ONLY used when the Inspection Plan Option = DATE Specified_Cracking_Inspection_Category = An Analyst Specified Inspection Category for Cracking Mechanisms to be used in the Inspection Plan.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide.29. . Inc. The Target Financial Risk that is set in Global Setting Form is the default value Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 Specified_Thinning_Inspection_Category = An Analyst Specified Inspection Category for Thinning Inspection Type to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when Inspection Plan Option = DATE No_Of_Cracking_Inspections = An Analyst Specified Number of Cracking Mechanism Inspections to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when Inspection Plan Option = DATE No_Of_Thinning_Inspections = An Analyst Specified Number of Thinning Inspection Type to be Used in the Inspection Plan.3 Risk At Risk_Thinning_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Thinning At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Thinning_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Thinning At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Cracking_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Cracking At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Proprietary and Confidential .1 Input Fields RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd:yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options. while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining the next Inspection date [Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk] Area_Risk_Target = (ft² : m²) Target Area Risk is the area risk for establishing a future inspection date.1. It is ONLY used when Inspection Plan Option = DATE No_Of_HTHA_Inspections = An Analyst Specified Number of HTHA (High Temperature Hydrogen Attack) Inspections to be used in the Inspection Plan.1. Target Area Risk is only used if the Risk Flag = Area (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). It is ONLY used when Inspection Plan Option = DATE No_Of_Ext_Damage_Inspections = An Analyst Specified Number of External Damage Mechanism Inspections to be used in the Inspection Plan.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 262 of 301 No. It is ONLY used when the Inspection Plan Option = DATE 7. It is ONLY used when the Inspection Plan Option = DATE Specified_Ext_Damage_Inspection_Category = An Analyst Specified Inspection Category for External Damage Mechanisms to be used in the Inspection Plan.

.Doc Risk_Cracking_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Cracking At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_HTHA_At_RBI_Date = Risk For HTHA At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_HTHA_At_Tar_Years = Risk For HTHA At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_External_Damage_At_RBI_Date = Risk For External Damage At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_External_Damage_At_Tar_Years = Risk For External Damage At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Brittle Fracture At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Brittle Fracture At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Fatigue_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Fatigue_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Total_Risk_At_RBI_Date = Risk Factor At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Total_Risk_At_Tar_Years = Risk Factor At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Matrix_At_RBI_Date = Risk Matrix Category At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Matrix_At_Tar_Years = Risk Matrix Category At TAR_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_RBI_Date = Qualitative Risk At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_Tar_Years = Qualitative Risk At TAR_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Proprietary and Confidential . Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 263 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group.

DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information. Target Area Risk is only used if the Risk Flag = Area (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). In this case the form provides the following information: • Inspection Planning.1 Input Fields RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd:yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options.30.Equity Engineering Group. .Plan The second Inspection Planning Option is Plan. 7.30 Inspection Planning Form . while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MMM-DD :YYYY-MMM-DD) An Analyst Specified Planned Inspection Date. Inc. Calculations are performed based on a user specifed risk tolerance and specified plan date and inspections are recommended to achieve th risk target and plant plan date. File API-RBI User Guide. Proprietary and Confidential . • Results. Date and Plan. It is only used when the Inspection Plan Option = PLAN. The Target Area Risk that is set in Global Setting Form is the default value. The default is 2 years after RBI Date Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining the next Inspection date [Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk] Area_Risk_Target = (ft² : m²) Target Area Risk is the area risk for establishing a future inspection date.Doc 7. and • Risk At.1.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 264 of 301 No.

1.1.Doc Financial_Risk_Target = ($/yr : $/yr) Target Financial Risk is the financial risk for establishing a future inspection date.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 265 of 301 No. Target Financial Risk is only used if the Risk Flag = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection).30. The Target Financial Risk that is set in Global Setting Form is the default value Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 7. Inc. .3 Risk At Risk_Thinning_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Thinning At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Thinning_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Thinning At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Thinning_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For Thinning At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Thinning_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For Thinning At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Cracking_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Cracking At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Cracking_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Cracking At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Cracking_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For Cracking At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Cracking_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For Cracking At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_HTHA_At_RBI_Date = Risk For HTHA At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_HTHA_At_Tar_Years = Risk For HTHA At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_HTHA_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For HTHA At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Proprietary and Confidential .2 Results Target_Risk_Years = (yrs :yrs) Years Associated With Target Risk (DATE) (PLAN) Target_Risk_Gradient = Risk Gradient Associated With Target Risk (DATE) (PLAN) Target_Date = (YYYY-MMM-DD :YYYY-MMM-DD) Target Date Computed As The RBI_DATE Plus The TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Mod_Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MMM-DD :YYYY-MMM-DD) Modified Specified Date Of Planned Inspection (PLAN) Thinning_Inspection_Category = Recommended Inspection Category For Thinning To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) Thinning_No_Of_Inspections = Recommended Number Of Inspections For Thinning To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) Cracking_Inspection_Category = Recommended Inspection Category For Cracking To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) Cracking_No_Of_Inspections = Recommended Number Of Inspections For Cracking To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) HTHA_Inspection_Category = Recommended Inspection Category For HTA To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) HTHA_No_Of_Inspection = Recommended Number Of Inspections For HTA To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) External_Damage_Inspection_Category = Recommended Inspection Category For External Damage To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) External_Damage_No_Of_Inspection = Recommended Number Of Inspections For External Damage To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) 7.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide.30.

Equity Engineering Group. Inc. File API-RBI User Guide. .Doc Risk_HTHA_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For HTHA At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_External_Damage_At_RBI_Date = Risk For External Damage At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_External_Damage_At_Tar_Years = Risk For External Damage At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_External_Damage_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For External Damage At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_External_Damage_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For External Damage At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Brittle Fracture At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Brittle Fracture At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For Brittle Fracture At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For Brittle Fracture At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Fatigue_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Fatigue_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Fatigue_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Fatigue_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Total_Risk_At_RBI_Date = Risk Factor At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Total_Risk_At_Tar_Years = Risk Factor At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Total_Risk_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Total Risk At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Total_Risk_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Total Risk At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Matrix_At_RBI_Date = Risk Matrix Category At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Matrix_At_Tar_Years = Risk Matrix Category At TAR_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Matrix_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk Matrix Category At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Matrix_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk Matrix Category At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_RBI_Date = Qualitative Risk At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_Tar_Years = Qualitative Risk At TAR_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Qualitative Risk At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Qualitative Risk At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 266 of 301 No.

Bundle_Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year) User bundle financial risk tolerance.31.1 General Tab 7. the maximum inspection Interval = 25 years. based on matching bundles from the reliability database. It is only used when the Inspection Plan Option = PLAN. 7.Doc 7. This value is required if a weibull curve. Inc. The default is 2 years after RBI Date Bundle_Install_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the bundle was installed in the exchanger.e. will govern the calculations. Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk. For Equipment_Type = Tank650 or Component_Type = Hextube.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 267 of 301 No. This value is used to determine the target date. File API-RBI User Guide.1. Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) For Component_Type=HEXTUBE. If supplied. Bundle_LEF = Actions made to a bundle during shutdowns which serve to return the bundle back into service in an improved (not as-new) condition Bundle_Adjusted_Date = Bundle Installation Date Adjusted for Life Extension Methods Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining the next Inspection date. Note that this is the install date for the active bundle not necessarily the original install date for the exchanger. i.31. has not been generated from the component weibull tab. .Equity Engineering Group. User_Specified_MTTF =User specified Mean Time to Failure for bundle (years). Proprietary and Confidential . the date where the calculated bundle risk exceeds the financial risk target. only Financial analysis is done.31 Inspection Planning Form – Bundle This form presents the results of the inspection planning calculations and Cost Benefit Analysis (CBA).1 Results Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) An Analyst Specified Planned Inspection Date.

calculated based on bundle criticality and including costs associated with lost opportunity due to production downtime. calculated based on bundle criticality and including costs associated with lost opportunity due to production downtime. POF_Target = Probablility of Failure at Target Date Risk_Tot_Tar_Years_NI = Total Risk at Target Year No Inspection Calculated for either inspection option DATE or PLAN.Equity Engineering Group. without a reported failure Number_Of_Failures = Number of Bundles. Inc. If supplied along with the Eta value. Insp_Date_Bundle = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Calculated Inspection Date for Bundle RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd:yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Risk_Matrix_At_RBI_Date = Risk Matrix At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_RBI_Date = Qualitative Risk At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Consequence_At_RBI_Date = Financial Consequences due to bundle failure. will govern the calculations. Uncertainty_Percent = Uncertainty associated with inspection technique utilized. see Inspection Effectiveness Table 8. If supplied along with the Beta value. Number_Of_Matching_Bundles = Number of Bundles that match the criteria specified in the applied filter on the bundle filter tab. environmental impact costs and the costs associated with maintenance and replacement of the bundle. For bundles. Target_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Target Date This is calculated as the date at which the calculated risk exceeds area or financial risk target with inspections. It is only used when the Inspection Plan Option = PLAN.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 268 of 301 No. that have experienced a tube leak. Calculated_Beta = Beta value calculated for the specified cut set by applying a median rank regression curve fit using the time-to-failure as the dependent variable (X onto Y). User_Specified_Eta = Yrs This value is only required if User Specified MTTF is not provide and a weibull curve. Calculated_Eta = Eta value calculated for the specified cut set by applying a median rank regression curve fit using the time-to-failure as the dependent variable (X onto Y). this is the calculated date at which the calculated risk equals the bundle financial risk target. Tot_Risk_Matrix_Tar_Years_NI = Risk Matrix at Target Year No Inspection (PLAN)(DATE) Tot_Risk_Cat_Tar_Years_NI = Qualitative Risk at Target Year No Inspection (PLAN)(DATE) Consequence_Tar_Years_NI = Financial Consequences due to bundle failure. This is the product of the probability of failure and consequence. has not been generated from the component weibull tab.Doc User_Specified_Beta = User specified Weibull slope parameter. POF_NI = Probablility of Failure at Plan Date without Inspection Proprietary and Confidential . . environmental impact costs and the costs associated with maintenance and replacement of the bundle. has not been generated from the component weibull tab. environmental impact costs and the costs associated with maintenance and replacement of the bundle. The default value is 2.7 R_Squared = Measure of closeness of fit of the Weibull curve to the dataset Bundle_Inspection_Category = Recommended level of Inspection at the Plan Date or Turnaround Date 1 if specified.5. This is the product of the probability of failure and consequence. Number_Of_Suspensions = Bundles in-service. Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) An Analyst Specified Planned Inspection Date. based on matching bundles from the reliability database. This level of inspection will guarantee that the calculated risk at turnaround date 2 will not exceed the bundle financial risk target. calculated based on bundle criticality and including costs associated with lost opportunity due to production downtime. will govern the calculations. based on matching bundles from the reliability database. This value along with the user specified MTTF will be used if a weibull curve. POF_RBI = Probablility of Failure at RBI Date Total_Risk_At_RBI_Date = Total Risk At RBI_DATE for either inspection option DATE or PLAN. File API-RBI User Guide. The default is 2 years after RBI Date Risk_Matrix_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk Matrix At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Qualitative Risk At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Consequence_At_Plan_Date_NI = Financial Consequences due to bundle failure. in the filtered dataset. in the filtered dataset.

This is the product of the probability of failure and consequence. It is only used when the Inspection Plan Option = PLAN. POF_WI = Probablility of Failure at Plan Date with Inspection Total_Risk_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Total Risk At PLAN_DATE With Inspections This is only calulated for the Plan inspection option. calculated based on bundle criticality and including costs associated with lost opportunity due to production downtime. Proprietary and Confidential . . environmental impact costs and the costs associated with maintenance and replacement of the bundle.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 269 of 301 No. This is the product of the probability of failure and consequence. Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) An Analyst Specified Planned Inspection Date. Inc. The default is 2 years after RBI Date Risk_Matrix_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk Matrix At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Qualitative Risk At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Consequence_At_Plan_Date = Financial Consequences due to bundle failure. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group.Doc Total_Risk_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Total Risk At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections This is only calulated for the Plan inspection option.

1 Results Planned_Replacement = ($/day) For the CBA. including risk cost. In the decision analysis for inspecting the bundle. this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. Bundle_Cost = $ Cost of replacement bundle.Equity Engineering Group. Bundle_Install_Cost = $ Cost of maintenance required to remove. Optimal_Replacement_Freq = (Yrs) Bundle replacement frequency that minimizes total cost Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE. this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions.2. .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 270 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide. Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE. this is the total cost of inspection and maintenance required to prepare the bundle for inspection. this value will be estimated based on the size and metallurgy of the tube bundle. this is the value that is minimized when determining the optimal planned bundle replacement frequency. Bundle_POF_Between_TAs = This is the Probability that a bundle will fail in the time period between Turnaround Date 1 and 2. Proprietary and Confidential . In the CBA. of an unplanned bundle failure. If not input by the user. Bundle_Total_Cost_Inspection = $.2 CBA Tab 7. clean. Unplanned_Failure = ($/day) For the CBA.31. Inc. this is the calculated daily cost.Doc 7.31. Total_Cost = ($/day) This is the sum of the planned replacement cost and the unplanned failure cost. and re-install exchanger bundle Bundle_Inspection_Cost = This is the cost of inspection as a function of inspection effectiveness. this is the calculated daily cost of bundle replacements at the optimized bundle replacement frequency.

In the decision analysis for replacing the bundle. Expected Incremental Risk Associated with deferring Replacement from Turnaround Date 1 to Turnaround Date 2. Proprietary and Confidential . File API-RBI User Guide. ECOF_Replace = $. This is based on Hurdle Rate input by the user on the component settings tab. ECOF_Inspect = $. this is the total cost of the bundle and maintenance required to remove and re-install exchanger bundle. This is based on Hurdle Rate input by the user on the component settings tab. CBA_Replace = Final economic based decision for bundle replacement at Turnaround Date 1.Equity Engineering Group. The software will recommend bundle replacement when the incremental risk incurred by defering the replacement exceeds the cost of the bundle replacement plus the return on investment (Hurdle_Cost) specified by the user.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 271 of 301 No.Doc Bundle_Total_Cost_Replacement = $. Bundle_Repl_Hurdle_Cost = $ This is the Return on Investment above the economic break even point required to make the decision to replace the bundle. . The software will recommend inspection when the incremental risk incurred by defering the inspection exceeds the cost of the inspection plus the return on investment (Hurdle_Cost) specified by the user. Expected Incremental Risk Associated with deferring Inspection from Turnaround Date 1 to Turnaround Date 2. Inc. CBA_Inspect = Final economic based decision for bundle inspection at Turnaround Date 1. Bundle_Insp_Hurdle_Cost = $ This is the Return on Investment above the economic break even point required to make the decision to inspect the bundle.

Equity Engineering Group. From the Form Edit View. Inc.. Table 7-25 of the BRD. It is based upon Table 8-1. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record.32 Component Data This is a table summarizing • Failure Frequency. the user can 2. edit the current record and click on OK or 3. FORM VIEW 1.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 272 of 301 No. 4. Figure 7-14. medium – 1 inch. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table View Proprietary and Confidential .25 inch. cancel the edit with CANCEL. File API-RBI User Guide. large – 4 inch.Doc 7. . and rupture failure. • Equipment Down Time • Minimum Required Thickness for Ferritic Steels • Minimum Required Thickness for High Alloy Steels • Failure Cost for a small –.

33.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 273 of 301 No.33 PRV RBI 7. Proprietary and Confidential . . 7.1 PRV Navigation Tree The PRV navigation tree begins at the PRV level.33.Equity Engineering Group. Forms/Actions available from the right click are PRV and Batch Calculate.Doc 7. File API-RBI User Guide.2 PRV Global Settings User can select to set the all of the PRV calculations for the unit to either RISK or INTERVAL. Inc.

FLARE . File API-RBI User Guide.0 F. PRDBAL Balanced Pressure Relief Valve. Enter YES if there has been a history of installed piping vibration or the PRV is downstream of rotating equipment (pulsing service). .Equity Engineering Group. PILOT . Operating Temperature is used in calculations.Conventional Pressure Relief Valve Operating_Temperature_(°F) = Normal Operating Temperature. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Install_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd: yyyy-mm-dd) Date PRV was installed Set_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) Set Pressure of the PRV. Interval risk based interval is calculated for each PRV based on the user's specified risk tolerance.the risk in $ is calculated for each PRV at its current inspection/testing interval. Inc. ATMOS . Make_Model = Make and Model of PRV Serial_Number = PRV SERIAL Number(optional) PID_Number = Number of the PID showing the PRV PRV_Area = (in² : mm²) Orifice Area of the PRV (required) PRV_Type = PRV Type RDISC .Pilot Operated Pressure Relief Valve. The default is 70.1 Input Fields PRV_Equipment = PRV Tag Component = The user name for the Component assigned to PRV for Fluid Properties Component_Description = Analyst Description for this component(Optional Input) Analysis_Type = There are two options for running the program.3. (Default=FLARE). CLOSED .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 274 of 301 No.33. 7.Discharge to atmosphere.Rupture Disc.33.Doc 7.3 PRV Design Information The PRV form displays all the required input for a PRV.Discharge to flare or vent system. (Default=NO) Disch_Location = PRV Discharge Location.Discharge to closed process under pressure Pulsing_Service = Flag for Piping Vibration or Pulsing Service. PRDCON . (Default=NO) Proprietary and Confidential . Risk . (Default = Design Pressure) (optional) Parallel_Area = (in² : mm²) PRV Orifice Area installed in Parallel to the PRV being Evaluated. (optional) RD_Upstream = Flag to indicate the presence of an upstream rupture disk.

MODERATE. Options are MILD. required Inlet = (in : mm) PRV Inlet Size. If not specified. the default value is selected by the software based on the USer's input for IFLGROUP. Installed_Piping_Vibration = Flag to indicate the presence of installed Piping Vibration. SEVERE Leak_Class = Fluid Severity for the LEAK case. If not specified. Enter YES if there has been a history of actuation. Leak_Beta = Default Weibull Shape Parameter for the Leak Case. it will be calculated based on the input values for PRES and SPRES. (Default=NO) FTO_Alpha= Default Weibull CHaracteristic Life Parameter for the Fail to Open Case. If FLAGPRAT = CALC. probability of leakage curve used for the device will be adjusted to account for reduced leakage across the seat. the default value is selected by the software based on the USer's input for IFLGROUP. required PRV_Capacity = (lbm/hr:kg/hr) Rated Capacity of the PRV. FTO_Beta = Default Weibull Shape Parameter for the Fail to Open Case. If not specified. This input characterizes the severity of the contained fluid and is used for selecting the appropriate Probability of Failure on Demand curve for the PRV (Default = MODERATE). SEVERE Size = (in : mm) PRV Size. Leak_Alpha = Default Weibull CHaracteristic Life Parameter for the Leak Case. FTO_Class = Fluid Severity for the FAIL to Open case. If not specified.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 275 of 301 No. Enter YES if there has been a history of installed piping vibration or the PRV is downstream of rotating equipment (pulsing service). (Default = NO) Back_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) Normal Superimposed Back Pressure in the discharge system. Current_Interval = (yr:yr) Inspection/Test Interval for PRV Min_Allowed_Insp_Interval = (yr:yr) Minimum Inspection/Test Interval for PRV Max_Allowed_Insp_Interval = (yr:yr) Maximum Inspection/Test Interval for PRV History_Of_Chatter = Flag for Chatter. required Outlet = (in : mm) PRV Outlet Size. MODERATE. Inc. This input characterizes the severity of the contained fluid and is used for selecting the appropriate Probability of Leakage curve for the PRV (Default = MODERATE). typically exceeding 5 times per year. Enter YES if the recommended operating ratio is exceeded. Enter YES if there has been a history of severe chatter with the PRV installation. File API-RBI User Guide. If SOFTSEAT=YES. .Equity Engineering Group. (Default=NO) System_Near_Set_Pressure = Flag to indicate that the sytem pressure is within the operating ratio of the PRV. Options are MILD. (Default=NO) History_Of_Actuation = Flag to indicate Excessive Actuation of the PRV in service. the default value is selected by the software based on the User's input for IFLGROUP. Required if PRDDLOC=CLOSED or FLARE. the default value is selected by the software based on the User's input for IFLGROUP. Soft_Seat = Flag to indicate that the pressure relief valve (PRDCON or PRDBAL) contains a soft-seated design. It is chosen on the protected components form. Proprietary and Confidential . Recommended operating ratio (operating pressure/set pressure) for spring loaded PRDs is less than 90%.Doc PRV_Fluid = Fluid assigned to PRV for purposes of determining fluid characteristics. the default. The recommended operating ratio for pilot-operated PRDs is less than 95%.

2 Blocked Discharge Proprietary and Confidential .4 PRV Overpressure Demand Cases 7.4. File API-RBI User Guide. .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 276 of 301 No.33. Inc.33.1 Fire 7.Equity Engineering Group.Doc 7.33.4.

Equity Engineering Group.4.Doc 7.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 277 of 301 No.33. Inc.3 Inlet Control Valve Failure 7. .33.4. File API-RBI User Guide.4 Outlet Control Valve Failure Proprietary and Confidential .

4.5 Thermal Relief/Hydraulic Expansion 7.4. . File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 278 of 301 No.33.6 Loss of Cooling Proprietary and Confidential .33.Doc 7. Inc.

API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.4.33.Equity Engineering Group.8 Electric Power Failure Proprietary and Confidential . File API-RBI User Guide. .7 Liquid Overfill Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 279 of 301 No.4. Inc.Doc 7.33.

Inc.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide.33.33.4.Doc 7.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 280 of 301 No.9 TPA or Reflux Pump Failure 7.10 Runaway Chemical Reaction Proprietary and Confidential . .4.

33. .11 Heat Exchanger Tube Rupture 7.Doc 7.33.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 281 of 301 No. File API-RBI User Guide. Inc.4.4.Equity Engineering Group.12 User Defined Case 1 Proprietary and Confidential .

Doc 7.4.Equity Engineering Group.13 User Defined Case 2 Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 282 of 301 No.14 Overall Demand Case This case is run exclusive of all other cases.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.4. File API-RBI User Guide. Proprietary and Confidential . Inc.33. .33.

enter 1.Positive Displacement Type Rotating Equipment. enter the steam supply pressure. Choices are Fired Heater.33.1 times the design pressure of the upstream pressure vessel or unit. Takes into consideration maintenance or operating procedures that may occur on a more frequent basis than unit turnaround schedule CV_Normal_Failure_Position = Normal failure position of valve (Open or Closed) No_Of_CVs_In_Path = Number of control valves in path Heat_Source_Type = Type of heat source. the program will use 1.3 times the Design Pressure of the protected equipment. with upstream steam turbines. or None Heat_Source_Temperature = (°F : °C) Temperature of heat source HP_Side_Max_Op_Pressure (psi:Mpa) Maximum pressure for high pressure side of heat exchanger Proprietary and Confidential .For the Blocked Outlet Failure case. or None Heat_Source_Temperature = (°F : °C) Temperature of heat source Overpressure_Potential = (psi:Mpa) Dependent on the type of Demand Case. . Inc. . with upstream pressure sources that are pressure vessels or other units. This is a factor applied to the initating event frequency. .For the Heat Exchanger Tube Rupture case. . 4 Upstream Pressure Vessel or Unit Upstream_Source_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 283 of 301 No.Doc 7. (Default=4). to reduce the actual demand rate on the PRV.For the Inlet control Valve Failure case. Other Internal or External Heat Source.Equity Engineering Group. Should be input for upstream pressure sources that are centrifugal rotating equipment.15 Input Fields Demand_Calculation_Flag = Flag to indicate if Demand Case is active Event_Frequency = demands/year If left blank the default demand rate will be used based on Demand Case Selected Demand_RRF = Demand Rate Reduction Factor. (Default=1) Block_Valve_Use_Frequency = Frequency that a particular isolation valve will be opened or closed.enter the pressure upstream of the control valve. 2 . Choices are Fired Heater. input 1.4. Other Internal or External Heat Source. Deadhead_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) As an alternate. As an default.Steam Turbine. (Default is 0. File API-RBI User Guide.0 for all other cases) Upstream_Pressure_Source_Type = Upstream Pressure Source Type.Centrifugal Type Rotating Equipment. 1 . enter the high pressure side. Override_Overpressure (psi:Mpa) User specified overpressure No_Of_Block_Valves = Number of Block Valves in Process Flow Path. Heat_Source_Type = Type of heat source.For the Blocked Outlet Failure case.1 for demand cases 1 and 7 and 1.3 times the normal discharge pressure. maximum normal operating pressure. 3 .

Testing.33. Enter NO if an immediate repair to a leaky PRV is required (Default=YES) Days_To_Discover_Leak = Estimated Number of Days to Discover a Leaking PRV. Defaults are : $1000 for PRDIN less than 8 inch.0) Equipment_Cost = ($/ft² : $/m²) The Cost for Affected Area.000. Inspecting and Overhauling the PRV. Enter NO if an immediate repair to a stuck open PRV is required (Default=NO) PRV_Environmental_Cost = ($:$) . Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with default value = 550. Inc.33.(optional) Cost of Enviromental Fines Associated with PRV Leakage. 30 for 1-1/2 &LTPRDIN &LE 3. Defaults are shown: 180 for PRDIN less than or equal to 3/4. (Default = 0.5 PRV Consequence Analysis 7.5. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 284 of 301 No. 10 for PRDIN &GE to 6 Stuck_Valve_Tolerated = Flag to indicate if a spurious opening (Stuck open) can be tolerated without requiring an immediate repair. 60 for 3/4 &LT PRDIN &LE 1-1/2.0) Production_Cost = ($/day : $/day) The Cost associated with Production Loss. 15 for 3 &LT PRDIN &LE = 6.(optional)Maintenance Cost Associated with Removing.(optional) Estimated Number of Days Unit is Shutdown to Repair a Leaking PRV. $2000 for PRDIN >=to 8 inches Days_To_Repair_PRV = (days:days) . (Default = 3.1 Input Fields Leak_Tolerated = Flag to indicate if a moderate leak (less than 5% of PRV capacity) can be tolerated without requiring an immediate repair.0) Fluid_Cost = ($:$) Cost of fluid lost in release Cost_To_Repair_PRV = ($:$) . .Doc 7. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 100.0) Proprietary and Confidential .

API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 285 of 301 No. the cost of los fluid for the leakage consequence is currently reduced by 50%.000. 7.000. This is required for ANALTYPE=INTERVAL.33. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group. .(conditional)Unit Normal Turnaround Frequency. (Default is NO) Unit_TA_Frequency = (years:years) . Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a Default value = 0.5. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 9. PRV_Risk_Tolerance = ($:$) .Doc Injury_Cost = ($ :$) The Cost for a Personnel Injury. component.2 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this PRV Form from the database COMMENTS Comments can be added for any equipment. the comments button will appear white.(conditional)Company Risk Tolerance.0001) Unit_Flare_Recovery = Flag to indicate if flare header contains a flare recovery system.0) Population_Density = (person/ft² : person/m²) Population Density. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 8. Change existing data to new values 6. Inc. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 7. Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value of 2. Proprietary and Confidential . If a flare recovery system exists. or damage record. When comments have been saved.

7 Batch Calc Progress Proprietary and Confidential . .33.6 Batch Calc PRV calculations are done at the unit and at the PRV navigation level.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 286 of 301 No.33. 7. File API-RBI User Guide. All components assigned to a PRV are recalculated as a Fixed RBI case and as part of the PRV.Equity Engineering Group. Inc. All components are reset to the NEW consequence model and fluid properties are generated using the built in process fluid database.Doc 7.

Equity Engineering Group.9 View Diag Files Proprietary and Confidential . All components assigned to a PRV are recalculated as a Fixed RBI case and as part of the PRV. .Doc 7.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 287 of 301 No.33. File API-RBI User Guide. Inc. 7.8 Batch Calc with Diag PRV calculations wit Diag are only done at the PRV navigation level. All components are reset to the NEW consequence model and fluid properties are generated using the built in process fluid database.33.

. 2. add all. remove all buttons.Doc 7. Inc.33. Add or remove components from the PRV. File API-RBI User Guide.1 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1.10. Components are added or removed using the add. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel HELP View this form help screen Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 288 of 301 No.Equity Engineering Group.33.10 PRV Protected Equipment This form allows the user to select which components are protected by a PRV. remove. One component is assigned as the PRV location. This component’s fluid. 7. operating temperature. and fluid cost is assigned to the PRV.

the piping is considered plugged if 25% or more of the piping are is plugged. . The software will assume a failed test. The User can use other acceptance criteria.Equity Engineering Group. (Default is NO) Insp_Pre_Test_Pop = (psig : MPa) Enter the pre-overhaul pop test pressure. Insp_Overhauled = Flag to indicate whether the PRD was overhauled during the inspection. Typically. If the current inspection record indicates that the PRD was replaced rather than overhauled. select Pass or Fail Insp_Leak = Flag to indicate if the PRD showed signs of leakage. or D) B is the default Insp_Result = Flag to indicate if PRV passed test.Doc 7. Inc. whether a pre-overhaul pop test ( A effectiveness) or a in-situ test (B effectiveness). a PRD is considered to have leaked the test if there was evidence of excessive damage or cutting of the seats. a PRD is typically assumed to have leaked if it showed any signs of starting to leak prior to 90% of set pressure (95% for pilot valves).1 Input Fields Insp_Date = (yyy-mm-dd:yyy-mm-dd) Date of inspection Insp_Effective = Inspection Category for Selected Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A. This is used for informational purposes only Insp_Blowdown = (psig : MPa) Enter the pressure at which the PRD reseated during the pre-overhaul pop test. This is used for informational purposes only Insp_ReSeat = Flag to indicate if the PRD reseated during the pre-overhaul pop test.33.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 289 of 301 No. This is used for informational purposes only Proprietary and Confidential . enter NEW (Default is NO) Insp_Plugged = Flag to indicate whether or not the inlet and outlet piping (installed piping not PRD flanges) was plugged during the inspection.11. C. B. For visual only tests (C effectiveness). if the User selects YES here. For pop tests. File API-RBI User Guide. This flag is also used to designate when a PRD has been replaced new.11 PRV Inspection History 7.33.

Plugged. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. If you are at the last row of the table the data will be appended to the table. This is used for informational purposes only. Inspection Date. Options are Unknown. and Inspection Category 2.Equity Engineering Group. Select Save Data button from the action panel 4. Inc. Options are Unknown. This is used for informational purposes only. From the Form Edit View. This is used for informational purposes only. Insp_Seat_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the seating surfaces of PRD. Heavy Deposits. Plugged. Required fields are Inspection Type. Cut. Light Deposits. Good. 4. To paste the value put the cursor inside the cell and press CTRL-V. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen.2 TABLE ACTIONS FORM VIEW 1. if will be preserved. Cut Insp_ORing_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the Oring. Options are Unknown. Move to the location for pasting. then the user needs to place the cursor inside the cell and highlight its contents and then press CTRL-C. Good. Good Insp_Guide_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the guide and disk holder. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table View CUT/PASTE Row Data can be copy and pasted from/into tables. . the user can 2. Insp_Outlet_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the outlet flange to the PRD. This is used for informational purposes only. If the user wishes to just copy and paste the contents of a cell. Good.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 290 of 301 No. Good. Corroded. Insp_Inlet_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the inlet flange to the PRD. if applicable.33. Corroded. edit the current record and click on OK or 3. Galled. If data is pasted into a different table than the original table. Numerical field pasted to numerical fields will act normally. and Inspection Category SAVE 1.11. If the value being pasted is from a select list and does not appear in the select list then the default value will be used. Corroded Insp_Spring_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the Spring. Options are Unknown. Required fields are Inspection Type. Light Deposits. Heavy Deposits. NA. Frozen. This is used for informational purposes only. This is used for informational purposes only. Missing. This is used for informational purposes only. If data passes validation the Inspection History Data will be appended to the bottom of the list 5. This is used for informational purposes only.Doc Insp_Leak_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Enter the pressure at which the PRD started to leak during the preoverhaul pop test. DELETE Delete current Inspection History Data from database Proprietary and Confidential . the program will attempt to fit the data. This can be any row in the current table or you can move to a different component but the same table. NA. Options are Unknown. cancel the edit with CANCEL. Fouled. ADD ROW 1. Good. Simply highlight the row you wish to copy and press CTRL-C. Corroded. This places the data onto the clipboard. Place the cursor into the first cell and press CTRL-V and the data will be pasted. Inserts a blank row into current table 2. if applicable. Options are Unknown. Broken Insp_Bellows_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the PRD bellows. if the value being pasted appears in the destination select list. File API-RBI User Guide. Inspection Date. Good. Options are Unknown. Broken Insp_Comments = User comments 7. Note only the highlighted row will be saved upon selecting the Save Data button 3.

and the operating temperature. the default values for the selected FTO and Leak classes are shown. including tag number. . based on the Last Inspection Date and Current Interval. None of the data in this section are calculated values. For “RISK” analysis. If the user did not input Weibull parameters. File API-RBI User Guide. • Driving Component Parameters PRDs often protect multiple components. These values are input for each component on the equipment RBI navigation tree. The current interval is also shown for comparison purposes. • RBI Results This section is slightly different. • Service Duty This section lists the fluid for the equipment where the PRD is installed. the Calculated Risk ($) is shown for the Current Interval.12 PRV Inspection Planning/ PRV Results The PRV inspection planning/ PRV results form has four sections: • General Data This section summarizes input data for the PRD. For “Interval” analysis. the Due Date is calculated using the Last Inspection Date and the Calculated Interval. the RBI calculated interval is shown.33. Also.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 291 of 301 No. Inc. Proprietary and Confidential . The Current Interval and Last Inspection Date are inputs. MODERATE or SEVERE). and set pressure. PRD area. and Calculated Risk are results.Equity Engineering Group. Clicking on the “Details” button at the bottom of the screen will list each protected component and the RBI results. fluid FTO (Fail to Open) class and Leak class used in the calculation are listed (MILD.Doc 7. the Calculated Risk ($) may be viewed by clicking on the “Details” button at the bottom of the screen. and POF (probability of failure). POF Leak. The driving component is the component with the highest risk ranking among all components calculated. The driving component and driving component fluid are not necessarily the same as the PRD install location. These are inputs from the service duty section of the PRD Design Information tab. and the software calculates risks for the PRD and each protected component. In this analysis. The Weibull parameters used in the calculation are also shown in this section. For this calculation type. This section includes for reference the design pressure and the equipment RBI calculated damage factor for the driving component. The Date Due shows the calculated future inspection date. depending on whether the calculation has been run in “RISK” or “INTERVAL” analysis type.

Component_Description = Analyst Description for this component (Optional Input) PRV at its current inspection/testing interval. FTO_Alpha= Default Weibull CHaracteristic Life Parameter for the Fail to Open Case. the default value is selected by the software based on the USer's input for IFLGROUP. PILOT .Equity Engineering Group. If not specified. Set_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) Set Pressure of the PRV. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. FLARE . The default is 70.0 F.Pilot Operated Pressure Relief Valve. (optional) PRV_Type = PRV Type RDISC .33.Conventional Pressure Relief Valve Size = (in : mm) PRV Size. PRDCON . Risk .Doc 7. It is chosen on the protected components form. Inc. PRDBAL Balanced Pressure Relief Valve. Operating Temperature is used in calculations.Rupture Disc. . required Inlet = (in : mm) PRV Inlet Size.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 292 of 301 No. Interval risk based interval is calculated for each PRV based on the user's specified risk tolerance. (Default = Design Pressure) (optional) Number_Of_Equipment_Protected = Number of components protected by this PRD PRV_Fluid = Fluid assigned to PRV for purposes of determining fluid characteristics. Proprietary and Confidential .the risk in $ is calculated for each Component = The user name for the Component that the PRV is attached.12.Discharge to flare or vent system. File API-RBI User Guide. required RD_Upstream = Flag to indicate the presence of an upstream rupture disk.1 Calculated Fields Analysis_Type = There are two options for running the program. PRV_Equipment = PRV Tag Make_Model = Make and Model of PRV Serial_Number = PRV SERIAL Number(optional) PID_Number = Number of the PID showing the PRV PRV_Area = (in² : mm²) Orifice Area of the PRV (required) Parallel_Area = (in² : mm²) PRV Orifice Area installed in Parallel to the PRV being Evaluated. (Default=NO) Disch_Location = PRV Discharge Location. (Default=FLARE). Operating_Temperature_(°F) = Normal Operating Temperature.

FTO_Class = Fluid Severity for the FAIL to Open case.33. File API-RBI User Guide. the default value is selected by the software based on the User's input for IFLGROUP. Driving_Component_Description = Description for Driving Component Driving_Fluid_Name = Driving Component Fluid Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure It is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Driving_Component = Name of Component with largest Risk for the RISK analysis or with the smallest Calculated Interval for the Interval Analysis.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 293 of 301 No. This input characterizes the severity of the contained fluid and is used for selecting the appropriate Probability of Failure on Demand curve for the Leak_Class = Fluid Severity for the LEAK case. SEVERE Leak_Alpha = Default Weibull CHaracteristic Life Parameter for the Leak Case.Doc FTO_Beta = Default Weibull Shape Parameter for the Fail to Open Case.13 PRV Details Proprietary and Confidential . If not specified. Inc. the default value is selected by the software based on the User's input for IFLGROUP. Leak_Beta = Default Weibull Shape Parameter for the Leak Case. This input characterizes the severity of the contained fluid and is used for selecting the appropriate Probability of Leakage curve for the PRV (Default = MODERATE). If not specified. Options are MILD. If not specified.Equity Engineering Group. the default value is selected by the software based on the USer's input for IFLGROUP. MODERATE. . Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms 7.

Alpha_Update = Updated Weibull Characteristic Life Parameter for the Fail to Open Case based on the PRV's specific inspection history. this is the user's current test interval. File API-RBI User Guide. Alpha_Leak_Update = Updated Weibull Characteristic Life Parameter for the Leak Case based on the PRV's specific inspection history.Doc 7. Beta = Weibull Shape Parameter for the Fail to Open Case.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 294 of 301 No.1 Calculated Fields Details Testint_Calculated = (yr:yr) Calculated Test interval. Inc. Includes risk areas associated with flammable releases. Includes risk areas associated with flammable and toxic releases. . ARisk_Equipment_Total = (ft² : m²) Total Equipment Risk Area. When the Inspection Plan Basis is RISK.33.13. DRisk_FTO = ($:$) Risk for Fail to Open case includes risks of serious injury to personnel and equipment damage DRisk_Leak = ($:$) Risk for Leak case includes risks for leaking or stuck open PRVs DRisk_Total = ($:$) Total Risk. sum of risks for Failure To Open and Leak cases Proprietary and Confidential . When Inspection Plan Basis = INTERVAl.Equity Engineering Group. Beta_Leak = Weibull Shape Parameter for the Leak Case. this is the calculated optimized test interval based on the specified RISK tolerance. POF_OD_Future = Probability of Failure On Demand at the Future Test Date POL_Future = Probability of Leak at the Future Test Date ARisk_Fat_Total = (ft² : m²) Total Serious Injury Risk Area.

33.Doc 7.16 Proprietary and Confidential . PRV reports can be exported to MS Excel in the same way as fixed equipment reports are exported. see paragraph 7. Inc.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 295 of 301 No. .14 PRV Reports Reports for PRVs are only available from the PRV Navigation Tree.Equity Engineering Group. File API-RBI User Guide.

Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7. File API-RBI User Guide.14. . Inc.Doc Proprietary and Confidential .33.1 PRV Details Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 296 of 301 No.

API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 297 of 301 No.33. Inc. File API-RBI User Guide.14.Doc 7. .Equity Engineering Group.2 PRV Inspection History Proprietary and Confidential .

Inc.14. File API-RBI User Guide.Equity Engineering Group.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 298 of 301 No.3 PRV Over Due Proprietary and Confidential . .Doc 7.33.

File API-RBI User Guide.14. Inc. .33.Equity Engineering Group.Doc 7.4 PRV Protected Components Proprietary and Confidential .API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 299 of 301 No.

. Inc.5 PRV Risk/Interval Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 300 of 301 No.Equity Engineering Group.33. File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.14.Doc Proprietary and Confidential .

6 PRV Set Pressure Checked April 2007 Rev02 Page 301 of 301 No.33. . File API-RBI User Guide.API RBI User's Guide Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.Equity Engineering Group.Doc Proprietary and Confidential .14. Inc.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful